Micro All

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 656

https://t.

me/sppuwheebox

All Course MCQ

आमचा हे तू फक्त तु मच्या ज्ञानात भर दे ण्याचा आहे . तु म्हाला Exam मधी


ये णार Questions हे आम्ही ददले ल् या Study Material मधु नच ये ईल असा
कोणताच दावा आम्ही करत नाही.

Join Telegram Channel :- Click here to

नोकरी दवषयक
➡️ आपली नोकरी Government Job Website :- Click to Here
आम्ही Engineering दवद्यार्थीत्यानं साठी Private जॉब्स चे Update दे तो. ७ वी (7th) दहावी (SSC) बारावी (HSC) दिप्लोमा
आय.टी.आय पदवीपदव्यु त्तर दिक्षण बी.एि एम.एि एल.एल.बी / एल.एल.एम बीएससी एमबीए बीसीएI(BA) एमसीए
बी.कॉम (Bcom) एम.कॉम (M.Pharm) बी.ई(Engineering) एम.ई(engineering) BAMS/BHMS एम.बी.बी.एस / एम.िी
बी.टे क एम.टे क MS-CIT.

➡️ सरकारी नोकरी Syllabus Website:- Cilck To Here


नोकरी साठी Syllabus लागणारे Daily Current Affair | Notes | ebooks, UPSC, MPSC, Policy
Bharati, Army. Group D, Railway.

Join Telegram Channel


नोकरी दवषयक Apali Nokari Join Telegram Channel :- Click to Here

सरकारी नोकरी Syllabus Join Telegram Channel :- Click To Here

https://t.me/sppuwheebox
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 2. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 3. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit

D : control unit

Q.no 4. What is stored in Task Register

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 5. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 6. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 7. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 8. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.

A : Limit

B : Type
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Base

D : Offset

Q.no 9. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 10. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 11. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 12. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2

D : PL3

Q.no 13. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D:3

Q.no 14. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 15. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?

A : 8192

B : 4096

C : 1024

D : 2048

Q.no 16. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address

C : effective address + physical address

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 17. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 18. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 20. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 21. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 22. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 23. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 24. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 25. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 26. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 27. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 28. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR

Q.no 29. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 30. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------

A : GDT

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

Q.no 31. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 32. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 33. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 34. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 35. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 36. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 37. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 38. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 39. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL <= CPL

B : DPL>=CPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 40. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 41. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 42. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 43. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 44. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 45. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 46. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 47. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 48. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 49. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 50. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 52. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 54. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 55. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 56. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 57. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 58. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 59. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is d

Answer for Question No 2. is b

Answer for Question No 3. is a

Answer for Question No 4. is a

Answer for Question No 5. is a

Answer for Question No 6. is c

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is b

Answer for Question No 9. is b

Answer for Question No 10. is d

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is a

Answer for Question No 13. is a

Answer for Question No 14. is a

Answer for Question No 15. is a

Answer for Question No 16. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is b

Answer for Question No 18. is a

Answer for Question No 19. is b

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is a

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is c

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is d

Answer for Question No 26. is c

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is c

Answer for Question No 30. is a

Answer for Question No 31. is b

Answer for Question No 32. is b

Answer for Question No 33. is d


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is b

Answer for Question No 37. is c

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is b

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is d

Answer for Question No 43. is c

Answer for Question No 44. is d

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is a

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is d

Answer for Question No 49. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is c

Answer for Question No 54. is a

Answer for Question No 55. is b

Answer for Question No 56. is b

Answer for Question No 57. is d

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is d

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 2. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 3. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 4. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 5. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 6. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 7. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 8. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 9. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 10. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 11. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit

D : control unit

Q.no 12. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 13. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : Divide error

Q.no 14. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

A : 16

B : 32

C : 48

D : 64

Q.no 15. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 16. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 17. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 18. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 20. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 21. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 22. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 23. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes

C : 8 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 24. The size of segment registers are -----------


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 25. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 26. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 27. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 28. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 29. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 30. 80386DX is available in a grid array package of

A : 64 pin

B : 128 pin

C : 132 pin

D : 142 pin

Q.no 31. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 32. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 33. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 34. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 35. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 36. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 37. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 38. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 39. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 40. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 41. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 42. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 43. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 44. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 45. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 46. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 47. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 48. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 49. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 50. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 51. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 52. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 54. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 55. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 56. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 57. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 58. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 59. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 60. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is d

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is c

Answer for Question No 5. is b

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is c

Answer for Question No 9. is d

Answer for Question No 10. is c

Answer for Question No 11. is a

Answer for Question No 12. is a

Answer for Question No 13. is b

Answer for Question No 14. is c

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is b

Answer for Question No 18. is a

Answer for Question No 19. is a

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is c

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is c

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is a

Answer for Question No 26. is b

Answer for Question No 27. is b

Answer for Question No 28. is a

Answer for Question No 29. is d

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is b

Answer for Question No 33. is a


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is d

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is c

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is b

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is c

Answer for Question No 43. is d

Answer for Question No 44. is c

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is d

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is d

Answer for Question No 49. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is b

Answer for Question No 53. is c

Answer for Question No 54. is a

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is d

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is b

Answer for Question No 60. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 2. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 3. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched


from ---------------

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : GDT

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

Q.no 4. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 5. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 6. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 7. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 8. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 9. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 10. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 11. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.

A : Limit

B : Type

C : Base

D : Offset

Q.no 12. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 13. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 14. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 15. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?

A : 8192

B : 4096

C : 1024

D : 2048

Q.no 16. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes

C : 8 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 17. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 18. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 19. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 20. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 21. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?

A : EIP

B : ESP

C : EFLAGS

D : ALL

Q.no 22. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 23. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 25. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 26. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 27. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 28. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 29. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2

D : PL3

Q.no 30. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 31. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 32. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 33. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 34. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 35. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 36. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 37. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 38. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 39. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 40. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 41. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 42. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 43. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 44. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 45. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 46. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 47. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 48. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 49. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : CR3

Q.no 50. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 52. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 53. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 54. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 55. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 56. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 57. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 58. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 59. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 60. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is c

Answer for Question No 3. is a

Answer for Question No 4. is c

Answer for Question No 5. is b

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is a

Answer for Question No 8. is d

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is b

Answer for Question No 11. is b

Answer for Question No 12. is c

Answer for Question No 13. is a

Answer for Question No 14. is b

Answer for Question No 15. is a

Answer for Question No 16. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is b

Answer for Question No 18. is a

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is b

Answer for Question No 21. is d

Answer for Question No 22. is c

Answer for Question No 23. is c

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is b

Answer for Question No 26. is c

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is b

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is b

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is b


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is c

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is d

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is b

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is d

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is d

Answer for Question No 46. is a

Answer for Question No 47. is d

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is d

Answer for Question No 52. is b

Answer for Question No 53. is b

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is d

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is a

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 2. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 3. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : 16

B : 32

C : 48

D : 64

Q.no 4. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 5. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 6. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 7. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 8. 80386DX is available in a grid array package of

A : 64 pin
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : 128 pin

C : 132 pin

D : 142 pin

Q.no 9. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 10. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 11. The size of segment registers are -----------

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 12. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 13. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 14. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 15. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 16. What is stored in Task State Segment

A : General purpose registers

B : Segment registers

C : Flag registers

D : All of the above

Q.no 17. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 18. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : INTR

Q.no 19. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2

D : PL3

Q.no 20. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 21. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 22. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address

C : effective address + physical address

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 23. What is stored in Task Register

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 25. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 26. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 27. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 28. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.

A : Limit

B : Type

C : Base

D : Offset

Q.no 29. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 30. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes

C : 8 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 31. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 32. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 33. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 34. SLDT instruction is used for _________

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 35. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 36. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 37. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 38. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 39. which are register I/O instructions

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 40. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 41. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 42. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 43. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 44. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 45. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 46. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 47. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 48. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 49. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 50. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 52. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 53. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 54. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 55. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 56. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 57. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 59. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 60. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is b

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is b

Answer for Question No 5. is c

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is a

Answer for Question No 8. is c

Answer for Question No 9. is c

Answer for Question No 10. is c

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is d

Answer for Question No 13. is c

Answer for Question No 14. is a

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is c

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is a

Answer for Question No 20. is d

Answer for Question No 21. is c

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is a

Answer for Question No 24. is b

Answer for Question No 25. is d

Answer for Question No 26. is b

Answer for Question No 27. is a

Answer for Question No 28. is b

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is d

Answer for Question No 32. is c

Answer for Question No 33. is c


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is b

Answer for Question No 35. is d

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is c

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is b

Answer for Question No 46. is d

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is c

Answer for Question No 54. is b

Answer for Question No 55. is d

Answer for Question No 56. is a

Answer for Question No 57. is b

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is d

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 2. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 3. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 4. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2

D : PL3

Q.no 5. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 6. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 7. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 8. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 9. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 10. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 11. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 12. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 13. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?

A : EIP

B : ESP

C : EFLAGS
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : ALL

Q.no 14. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 15. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 16. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 17. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 18. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address

C : effective address + physical address

D : effective address –physical address


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 20. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 21. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 22. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 23. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 24. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 25. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 26. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 27. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes

C : 8 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 28. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

A : 16

B : 32

C : 48

D : 64

Q.no 29. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 30. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 31. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 32. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 33. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 34. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 35. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 36. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 37. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 38. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 39. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 40. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 41. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 42. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 43. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 44. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 45. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 46. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 47. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 48. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 49. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 50. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 51. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 52. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 53. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 54. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 55. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 56. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 57. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 58. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 59. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 60. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is d

Answer for Question No 2. is c

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is a

Answer for Question No 5. is c

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is c

Answer for Question No 8. is a

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is c

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is d

Answer for Question No 13. is d

Answer for Question No 14. is b

Answer for Question No 15. is b

Answer for Question No 16. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is c

Answer for Question No 18. is a

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is c

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is a

Answer for Question No 24. is b

Answer for Question No 25. is b

Answer for Question No 26. is a

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is b

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is d


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is b

Answer for Question No 40. is c

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is b

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is c

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is c

Answer for Question No 49. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is d

Answer for Question No 51. is d

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is b

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is a

Answer for Question No 58. is d

Answer for Question No 59. is b

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched


from ---------------

A : GDT

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

Q.no 2. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 3. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 4. What is stored in Task Register

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 5. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 6. The size of segment registers are -----------

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 7. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 8. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

A : 16
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : 32

C : 48

D : 64

Q.no 9. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 10. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 11. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 12. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 13. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : effective address + physical address

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 14. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 15. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 16. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR

Q.no 17. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 18. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : PL3

Q.no 19. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 20. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes

C : 8 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 21. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 22. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 23. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 25. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 26. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 27. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 28. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 29. Stack operations implicitly address operands via


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 30. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 31. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 32. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 33. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 34. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 35. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 36. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 37. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 38. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 39. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 40. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 41. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 42. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 43. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 44. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 45. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 46. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 47. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 48. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 49. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 50. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 52. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 53. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 54. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 55. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 56. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 57. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 58. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 59. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 60. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is a

Answer for Question No 2. is b

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is a

Answer for Question No 5. is b

Answer for Question No 6. is c

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is c

Answer for Question No 9. is c

Answer for Question No 10. is a

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is d

Answer for Question No 13. is a

Answer for Question No 14. is b

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is b

Answer for Question No 18. is a

Answer for Question No 19. is b

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is b

Answer for Question No 22. is c

Answer for Question No 23. is d

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is a

Answer for Question No 26. is d

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is d


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is d

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is b

Answer for Question No 37. is b

Answer for Question No 38. is d

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is b

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is c

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is c

Answer for Question No 46. is a

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is c

Answer for Question No 49. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is d

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is d

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is d

Answer for Question No 58. is b

Answer for Question No 59. is a

Answer for Question No 60. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 2. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 3. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 4. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes

C : 8 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 5. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 6. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 7. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?

A : 8192

B : 4096

C : 1024

D : 2048

Q.no 8. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C:3

D:0

Q.no 9. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 10. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 11. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 12. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 13. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : Data

Q.no 14. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 15. What is stored in Task State Segment

A : General purpose registers

B : Segment registers

C : Flag registers

D : All of the above

Q.no 16. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 17. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR

Q.no 18. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

A : 16

B : 32

C : 48

D : 64
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. The size of segment registers are -----------

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 20. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 21. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 22. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 23. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 24. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : EIP

B : ESP

C : EFLAGS

D : ALL

Q.no 25. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 26. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------

A : GDT

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

Q.no 27. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 28. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 29. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 30. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 31. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 32. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 33. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 34. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 35. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 36. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 37. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 38. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 39. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 40. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 41. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 42. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 43. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 44. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 45. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 46. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 47. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 48. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 49. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 50. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 52. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 53. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 54. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 55. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 56. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 57. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 58. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 59. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 60. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is b

Answer for Question No 2. is c

Answer for Question No 3. is b

Answer for Question No 4. is c

Answer for Question No 5. is c

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is a

Answer for Question No 8. is d

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is b

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is b

Answer for Question No 13. is b

Answer for Question No 14. is c

Answer for Question No 15. is d

Answer for Question No 16. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is c

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is d

Answer for Question No 21. is a

Answer for Question No 22. is c

Answer for Question No 23. is a

Answer for Question No 24. is d

Answer for Question No 25. is d

Answer for Question No 26. is a

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is b

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is d

Answer for Question No 33. is b


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is d

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is b

Answer for Question No 37. is d

Answer for Question No 38. is b

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is d

Answer for Question No 46. is a

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is d

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is b

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is d

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is b

Answer for Question No 58. is d

Answer for Question No 59. is a

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 2. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

A : 16

B : 32

C : 48

D : 64

Q.no 3. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 4. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 5. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 6. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 7. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 8. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : 8 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 9. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 10. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 11. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 12. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------

A : GDT

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

Q.no 13. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 14. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 15. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 16. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 17. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 18. The size of segment registers are -----------

A : 32

B:8

C : 16
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : 64

Q.no 19. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 20. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 21. What is stored in Task Register

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 22. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 23. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 25. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2

D : PL3

Q.no 26. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 27. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 28. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 29. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 30. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 31. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 32. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 33. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 34. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 35. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 36. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 37. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 38. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 39. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 40. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 41. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 42. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 43. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 44. SLDT instruction is used for _________

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 45. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 46. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 47. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 48. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 49. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 50. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 52. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 54. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 55. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 56. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 57. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 58. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 59. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is c

Answer for Question No 3. is b

Answer for Question No 4. is b

Answer for Question No 5. is d

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is d

Answer for Question No 8. is c

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is b

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is a

Answer for Question No 13. is a

Answer for Question No 14. is c

Answer for Question No 15. is b

Answer for Question No 16. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is b

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is a

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is a

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is b

Answer for Question No 24. is d

Answer for Question No 25. is a

Answer for Question No 26. is c

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is c

Answer for Question No 30. is b

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is d

Answer for Question No 33. is d


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is b

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is d

Answer for Question No 37. is c

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is b

Answer for Question No 40. is c

Answer for Question No 41. is d

Answer for Question No 42. is c

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is b

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is b

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is d

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is c

Answer for Question No 54. is a

Answer for Question No 55. is d

Answer for Question No 56. is b

Answer for Question No 57. is b

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is c

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 2. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 3. What is stored in Task State Segment

A : General purpose registers


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Segment registers

C : Flag registers

D : All of the above

Q.no 4. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 5. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 6. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 7. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 8. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.

A : Limit

B : Type
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Base

D : Offset

Q.no 9. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 10. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 11. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 12. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 13. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address

C : effective address + physical address


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 14. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 15. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 16. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 17. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit

D : control unit

Q.no 18. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 20. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 21. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 22. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 23. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 25. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 26. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 27. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 28. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 29. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 30. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 31. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 32. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 33. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 34. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 35. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 36. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 37. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 38. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 39. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 40. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 41. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 42. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 43. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 44. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 45. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 46. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 47. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 48. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 49. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 50. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 52. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 54. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 55. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 56. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 57. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 58. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 59. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 60. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is d

Answer for Question No 2. is b

Answer for Question No 3. is d

Answer for Question No 4. is c

Answer for Question No 5. is a

Answer for Question No 6. is c

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is b

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is b

Answer for Question No 11. is d

Answer for Question No 12. is a

Answer for Question No 13. is a

Answer for Question No 14. is c

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is a

Answer for Question No 18. is b

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is b

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is c

Answer for Question No 24. is a

Answer for Question No 25. is d

Answer for Question No 26. is a

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is a

Answer for Question No 29. is c

Answer for Question No 30. is b

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is b


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is c

Answer for Question No 35. is d

Answer for Question No 36. is b

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is c

Answer for Question No 39. is d

Answer for Question No 40. is d

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is b

Answer for Question No 46. is a

Answer for Question No 47. is b

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is d

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is c

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is d

Answer for Question No 56. is a

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is b

Answer for Question No 60. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 2. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 3. 80386DX is available in a grid array package of

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : 64 pin

B : 128 pin

C : 132 pin

D : 142 pin

Q.no 4. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?

A : EIP

B : ESP

C : EFLAGS

D : ALL

Q.no 5. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 6. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.

A : Limit

B : Type

C : Base

D : Offset

Q.no 7. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 8. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 9. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 10. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 11. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 12. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 13. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 14. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 15. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 16. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 17. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 18. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address

C : effective address + physical address


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 19. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 20. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 21. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 22. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 23. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 25. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 26. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 27. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit

D : control unit

Q.no 28. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 29. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 30. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 31. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 32. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 33. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 34. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 35. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 36. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 37. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 38. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 39. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 40. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 41. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 42. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 43. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 44. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 45. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 46. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 47. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 48. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 49. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 50. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 51. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 52. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 53. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 54. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 55. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 56. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 57. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 59. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is b

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is d

Answer for Question No 5. is b

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is b

Answer for Question No 9. is d

Answer for Question No 10. is a

Answer for Question No 11. is d

Answer for Question No 12. is d

Answer for Question No 13. is c

Answer for Question No 14. is c

Answer for Question No 15. is a

Answer for Question No 16. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is a

Answer for Question No 18. is a

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is c

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is c

Answer for Question No 24. is a

Answer for Question No 25. is a

Answer for Question No 26. is b

Answer for Question No 27. is a

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is c

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is d


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is b

Answer for Question No 35. is d

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is b

Answer for Question No 39. is d

Answer for Question No 40. is c

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is d

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is c

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is b

Answer for Question No 49. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is b

Answer for Question No 51. is a

Answer for Question No 52. is b

Answer for Question No 53. is c

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is d

Answer for Question No 57. is d

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is b

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.

A : Limit

B : Type

C : Base

D : Offset

Q.no 2. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 3. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 4. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 5. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 6. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 7. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 8. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : effective address + physical address

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 9. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 10. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR

Q.no 11. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 12. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 13. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : bit 4

Q.no 14. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 15. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 16. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 17. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 18. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 20. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 21. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 22. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 23. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 24. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 25. What is stored in Task Register

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 26. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 27. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 28. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 29. 80386DX is available in a grid array package of

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : 64 pin

B : 128 pin

C : 132 pin

D : 142 pin

Q.no 30. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 31. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 32. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 33. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 34. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 35. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 36. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 37. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 38. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 39. The 80386 consists of

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 40. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 41. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 42. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 43. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 44. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 45. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 46. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 47. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 48. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 49. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 50. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 52. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 53. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 54. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 55. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 56. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 57. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 59. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is b

Answer for Question No 2. is b

Answer for Question No 3. is a

Answer for Question No 4. is c

Answer for Question No 5. is a

Answer for Question No 6. is c

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is a

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is c

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is b

Answer for Question No 13. is c

Answer for Question No 14. is a

Answer for Question No 15. is b

Answer for Question No 16. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is d

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is b

Answer for Question No 21. is b

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is c

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is a

Answer for Question No 26. is c

Answer for Question No 27. is d

Answer for Question No 28. is a

Answer for Question No 29. is c

Answer for Question No 30. is a

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is c

Answer for Question No 33. is c


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is d

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is c

Answer for Question No 39. is d

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is d

Answer for Question No 42. is d

Answer for Question No 43. is b

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is a

Answer for Question No 47. is b

Answer for Question No 48. is b

Answer for Question No 49. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is d

Answer for Question No 51. is d

Answer for Question No 52. is b

Answer for Question No 53. is d

Answer for Question No 54. is b

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is a

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 2. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 3. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 4. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 5. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 6. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 7. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 8. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?

A : EIP

B : ESP
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : EFLAGS

D : ALL

Q.no 9. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 10. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 11. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 12. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 13. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : All of above

Q.no 14. What is stored in Task State Segment

A : General purpose registers

B : Segment registers

C : Flag registers

D : All of the above

Q.no 15. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 16. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 17. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 18. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 20. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 21. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 22. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 23. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 25. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 26. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 27. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?

A : 8192

B : 4096

C : 1024

D : 2048

Q.no 28. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------

A : GDT

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 29. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 30. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 31. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 32. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 33. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 34. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 35. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 36. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 37. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 38. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 39. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 40. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 41. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 42. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 43. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 44. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 45. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 46. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 47. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 48. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 49. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 50. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 52. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 53. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 54. The new task releases control by executing ___________.


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 55. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 56. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 57. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 58. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 59. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 60. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is a

Answer for Question No 2. is a

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is b

Answer for Question No 5. is d

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is d

Answer for Question No 9. is b

Answer for Question No 10. is b

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is a

Answer for Question No 13. is a

Answer for Question No 14. is d

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is c

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is d

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is b

Answer for Question No 22. is c

Answer for Question No 23. is a

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is c

Answer for Question No 26. is b

Answer for Question No 27. is a

Answer for Question No 28. is a

Answer for Question No 29. is d

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is c


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is b

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is c

Answer for Question No 39. is d

Answer for Question No 40. is d

Answer for Question No 41. is d

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is b

Answer for Question No 44. is c

Answer for Question No 45. is b

Answer for Question No 46. is d

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is b

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is b

Answer for Question No 53. is d

Answer for Question No 54. is a

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is d

Answer for Question No 59. is b

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 2. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 3. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.

A : Limit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Type

C : Base

D : Offset

Q.no 4. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 5. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 6. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 7. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 8. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : IRET

D : INTR

Q.no 9. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 10. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 11. What is stored in Task Register

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 12. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 13. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D:0

Q.no 14. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 15. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 16. The size of segment registers are -----------

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 17. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 18. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 20. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 21. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 22. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 23. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 24. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 25. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 26. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 27. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 28. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 29. The linear address is calculated by

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address

C : effective address + physical address

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 30. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 31. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 32. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 33. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 34. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 35. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 36. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 37. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 38. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 39. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 40. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 41. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 42. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 43. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 44. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 45. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 46. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 47. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 48. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 49. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 50. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 51. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 52. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 53. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 54. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 55. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 56. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 57. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 58. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 59. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 60. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is b

Answer for Question No 2. is b

Answer for Question No 3. is b

Answer for Question No 4. is d

Answer for Question No 5. is c

Answer for Question No 6. is b

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is c

Answer for Question No 9. is c

Answer for Question No 10. is c

Answer for Question No 11. is a

Answer for Question No 12. is d

Answer for Question No 13. is d

Answer for Question No 14. is d

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is c

Answer for Question No 18. is a

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is b

Answer for Question No 21. is a

Answer for Question No 22. is a

Answer for Question No 23. is c

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is b

Answer for Question No 26. is d

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is a

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is b

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is b


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is c

Answer for Question No 36. is c

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is d

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is d

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is d

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is b

Answer for Question No 47. is c

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is d

Answer for Question No 51. is b

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is d

Answer for Question No 54. is d

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is b

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is a

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 2. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 3. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 4. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 5. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 6. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 7. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

A : 16

B : 32

C : 48

D : 64

Q.no 8. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 9. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 10. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 11. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 12. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 13. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : Data

Q.no 14. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 15. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 16. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 17. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 18. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes

C : 8 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 20. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 21. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 22. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 23. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 25. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 26. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 27. 80386DX is available in a grid array package of

A : 64 pin

B : 128 pin

C : 132 pin

D : 142 pin

Q.no 28. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 29. Which IOPL value has highest priority?


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 30. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 31. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 32. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 33. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 34. SLDT instruction is used for _________

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 35. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 36. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 37. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 38. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 39. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 40. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 41. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 42. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 43. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 44. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 45. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 46. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 47. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 48. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 49. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 50. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 51. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 52. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 53. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 54. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 55. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 56. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 57. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 59. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : 10

Q.no 60. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is d

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is b

Answer for Question No 5. is b

Answer for Question No 6. is c

Answer for Question No 7. is c

Answer for Question No 8. is c

Answer for Question No 9. is d

Answer for Question No 10. is c

Answer for Question No 11. is b

Answer for Question No 12. is c

Answer for Question No 13. is b

Answer for Question No 14. is d

Answer for Question No 15. is b

Answer for Question No 16. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is c

Answer for Question No 18. is b

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is b

Answer for Question No 22. is c

Answer for Question No 23. is b

Answer for Question No 24. is a

Answer for Question No 25. is b

Answer for Question No 26. is c

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is a

Answer for Question No 31. is d

Answer for Question No 32. is b

Answer for Question No 33. is c


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is b

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is d

Answer for Question No 37. is b

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is b

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is d

Answer for Question No 47. is d

Answer for Question No 48. is c

Answer for Question No 49. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is d

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is b

Answer for Question No 53. is d

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is b

Answer for Question No 56. is d

Answer for Question No 57. is a

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is c

Answer for Question No 60. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 2. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2

D : PL3

Q.no 3. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 4. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?

A : 8192

B : 4096

C : 1024

D : 2048

Q.no 5. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR

Q.no 6. 80386DX is available in a grid array package of

A : 64 pin

B : 128 pin

C : 132 pin

D : 142 pin

Q.no 7. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 8. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched


from ---------------

A : GDT

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

Q.no 9. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 10. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 11. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 12. The size of segment registers are -----------

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 13. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 14. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 15. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 16. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 17. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 18. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 19. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 20. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 21. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 22. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 23. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces

C : distinct address spaces


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : external address spaces

Q.no 24. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 25. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 26. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 27. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 28. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 29. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 30. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 31. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 32. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 33. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 34. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 35. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 36. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 37. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 38. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 39. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 40. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 41. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 42. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 43. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 44. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 45. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 46. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 47. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 48. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 49. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 50. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 51. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 52. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 53. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 54. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 55. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 56. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 57. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 59. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 60. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is a

Answer for Question No 3. is b

Answer for Question No 4. is a

Answer for Question No 5. is c

Answer for Question No 6. is c

Answer for Question No 7. is c

Answer for Question No 8. is a

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is a

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is c

Answer for Question No 13. is b

Answer for Question No 14. is c

Answer for Question No 15. is b

Answer for Question No 16. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is d

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is a

Answer for Question No 20. is a

Answer for Question No 21. is a

Answer for Question No 22. is c

Answer for Question No 23. is c

Answer for Question No 24. is d

Answer for Question No 25. is c

Answer for Question No 26. is d

Answer for Question No 27. is a

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is b

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is b

Answer for Question No 33. is a


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is c

Answer for Question No 35. is d

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is d

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is d

Answer for Question No 43. is b

Answer for Question No 44. is c

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is a

Answer for Question No 47. is b

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is d

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is c

Answer for Question No 54. is d

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is a

Answer for Question No 57. is b

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is c

Answer for Question No 60. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. 80386DX is available in a grid array package of

A : 64 pin

B : 128 pin

C : 132 pin

D : 142 pin

Q.no 2. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 3. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 4. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 5. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 6. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 7. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 8. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit

D : control unit

Q.no 9. What is stored in Task Register

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 10. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 11. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR

Q.no 12. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 13. The ability for tasks to have ____________ is an important aspect of 80386 protection.

A : same address spaces

B : contiguous address spaces


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : distinct address spaces

D : external address spaces

Q.no 14. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 15. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 16. What is stored in Task State Segment

A : General purpose registers

B : Segment registers

C : Flag registers

D : All of the above

Q.no 17. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address

C : effective address + physical address

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 18. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : none of above.

Q.no 19. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 20. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 21. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 22. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 23. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 25. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 26. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?

A : EIP

B : ESP

C : EFLAGS

D : ALL

Q.no 27. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 28. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 29. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 30. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 31. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 32. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 33. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 34. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 35. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 36. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 37. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 38. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 39. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 40. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 41. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 42. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 43. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 44. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 45. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 46. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 47. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 48. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 49. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 50. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 51. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 52. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 53. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 54. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 55. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 56. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 57. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 58. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 59. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : 10

Q.no 60. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is a

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is c

Answer for Question No 5. is c

Answer for Question No 6. is c

Answer for Question No 7. is a

Answer for Question No 8. is a

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is b

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is d

Answer for Question No 13. is c

Answer for Question No 14. is b

Answer for Question No 15. is b

Answer for Question No 16. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is a

Answer for Question No 18. is b

Answer for Question No 19. is a

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is c

Answer for Question No 22. is b

Answer for Question No 23. is b

Answer for Question No 24. is a

Answer for Question No 25. is b

Answer for Question No 26. is d

Answer for Question No 27. is d

Answer for Question No 28. is a

Answer for Question No 29. is c

Answer for Question No 30. is c

Answer for Question No 31. is a

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is b


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is b

Answer for Question No 35. is d

Answer for Question No 36. is c

Answer for Question No 37. is d

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is a

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is b

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is d

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is d

Answer for Question No 49. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is d

Answer for Question No 51. is b

Answer for Question No 52. is a

Answer for Question No 53. is d

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is d

Answer for Question No 59. is c

Answer for Question No 60. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 2. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 3. In the executable segment descriptor the conforming bit comes under ___________.

A : Limit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Type

C : Base

D : Offset

Q.no 4. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 5. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 6. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 7. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 8. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 9. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched


from ---------------

A : GDT

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

Q.no 10. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 11. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 12. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 13. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 14. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?

A : 8192

B : 4096

C : 1024

D : 2048

Q.no 15. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 16. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 17. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 18. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 19. What does segment register in 80386 hold in protected mode?

A : Segment base

B : Segment Descriptor

C : Segment selector

D : Segment Limit

Q.no 20. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 21. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit

D : control unit

Q.no 22. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 23. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?

A : EIP

B : ESP

C : EFLAGS
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : ALL

Q.no 24. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 25. The size of segment registers are -----------

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 26. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 27. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 28. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 29. If the INT3 instruction is executed then which type of exception is executed?

A : Fault

B : Trigger

C : Abort

D : None of these

Q.no 30. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 31. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 32. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 33. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 34. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 35. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 36. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 37. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 38. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 39. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 40. Task Register contains

A : Selector to TSS descriptor of currently executing task

B : Base address of GDT

C : Limit of GDT

D : All of the above.

Q.no 41. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 42. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 43. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 44. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 45. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 46. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 47. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 48. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 49. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 50. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 51. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 52. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 53. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 54. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 55. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 56. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 57. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 58. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 59. I/O instructions can be executed when


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 60. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is d

Answer for Question No 2. is a

Answer for Question No 3. is b

Answer for Question No 4. is c

Answer for Question No 5. is b

Answer for Question No 6. is a

Answer for Question No 7. is c

Answer for Question No 8. is b

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is b

Answer for Question No 11. is a

Answer for Question No 12. is b

Answer for Question No 13. is b

Answer for Question No 14. is a

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is c

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is c

Answer for Question No 20. is a

Answer for Question No 21. is a

Answer for Question No 22. is d

Answer for Question No 23. is d

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is c

Answer for Question No 26. is d

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is b

Answer for Question No 30. is b

Answer for Question No 31. is c

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is c


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is d

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is d

Answer for Question No 43. is b

Answer for Question No 44. is a

Answer for Question No 45. is a

Answer for Question No 46. is a

Answer for Question No 47. is d

Answer for Question No 48. is d

Answer for Question No 49. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is b

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is d

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is a

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is b

Answer for Question No 59. is b

Answer for Question No 60. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. For a single task in protected mode, the 80386 can address the virtual memory of

A : 32 GB

B : 64 MB

C : 32 TB

D : 64TB

Q.no 2. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 3. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 4. What is stored in Task State Segment

A : General purpose registers

B : Segment registers

C : Flag registers

D : All of the above

Q.no 5. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 6. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?

A : 8192

B : 4096

C : 1024

D : 2048

Q.no 7. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 8. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 9. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 10. If ____mechanism is not enabled, then linear address is similar to physical

A : Segmentation

B : Paging

C : Both A and B

D : None of above

Q.no 11. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 12. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 13. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : control unit

Q.no 14. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 15. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 16. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 17. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 18. At the end of ISR, the instruction should be

A : END

B : ENDS

C : IRET

D : INTR
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 20. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 21. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

A : 16

B : 32

C : 48

D : 64

Q.no 22. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 23. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 24. The size of segment registers are -----------


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 25. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 26. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 27. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 28. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 29. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 30. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 31. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 32. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 33. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 34. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 35. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 36. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

Q.no 37. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 38. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 39. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 40. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 41. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 42. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 43. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 44. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 45. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 46. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 47. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 48. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 49. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 50. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 51. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 52. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 53. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 54. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 55. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 56. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 57. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 58. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 59. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 60. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is d

Answer for Question No 2. is c

Answer for Question No 3. is b

Answer for Question No 4. is d

Answer for Question No 5. is c

Answer for Question No 6. is a

Answer for Question No 7. is c

Answer for Question No 8. is b

Answer for Question No 9. is c

Answer for Question No 10. is b

Answer for Question No 11. is c

Answer for Question No 12. is d

Answer for Question No 13. is a

Answer for Question No 14. is a

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is b

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is a

Answer for Question No 20. is c

Answer for Question No 21. is c

Answer for Question No 22. is b

Answer for Question No 23. is a

Answer for Question No 24. is c

Answer for Question No 25. is b

Answer for Question No 26. is a

Answer for Question No 27. is c

Answer for Question No 28. is a

Answer for Question No 29. is c

Answer for Question No 30. is d

Answer for Question No 31. is c

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is b


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is a

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is d

Answer for Question No 40. is b

Answer for Question No 41. is c

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is c

Answer for Question No 44. is d

Answer for Question No 45. is b

Answer for Question No 46. is d

Answer for Question No 47. is a

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is b

Answer for Question No 52. is b

Answer for Question No 53. is c

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is a

Answer for Question No 56. is c

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is d

Answer for Question No 59. is c

Answer for Question No 60. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. The privilege level of the code segment determines the

A : RPL

B : DPL

C : CPL

D : IOPL

Q.no 2. The Interrupt handler routine returns with

A : RET instruction

B : IRET instruction

C : CALL instruction

D : JMP instruction

Q.no 3. What is stored in Task State Segment

A : General purpose registers


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : Segment registers

C : Flag registers

D : All of the above

Q.no 4. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution

Q.no 5. The input and output operations are respectively similar to the operations,

A : read, read

B : write, write

C : read, write

D : write, read

Q.no 6. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2

D : PL3

Q.no 7. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit

D : control unit

Q.no 8. Size of IDTR is --------- bits

A : 16

B : 32
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : 48

D : 64

Q.no 9. Stack operations implicitly address operands via

A : SS:ESP

B : SS:EIP

C : GS:ESP

D : GS:EIP

Q.no 10. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 11. The linear address is calculated by

A : effective address + segment base address

B : effective address –segment base address

C : effective address + physical address

D : effective address –physical address

Q.no 12. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor

D : None of given.

Q.no 13. What is the size of segment descriptor?

A : 4 bytes

B : 2 bytes

C : 8 bytes
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : 1 byte

Q.no 14. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 15. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 16. Interrupts give using INT instruction are called

A : Hardware interrupts

B : Software interrupts

C : Procedures

D : Macros

Q.no 17. In segmentation process when TI = 0 , then destination segment descriptor is fetched
from ---------------

A : GDT

B : LDT

C : IDT

D : None of above

Q.no 18. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : 64 bit

Q.no 19. Which IOPL value has highest priority?

A:0

B:1

C:2

D:3

Q.no 20. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?

A : EIP

B : ESP

C : EFLAGS

D : ALL

Q.no 21. If CPL=0 then the processor is executing at _______________.

A : User level

B : Supervised level

C : US level

D : None of these

Q.no 22. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 23. Interrupt 1 is used for following exception

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 24. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 25. The prefetch unit permits 80386DX to prefetch upto …………….. bytes of instruction
code.

A:6

B:8

C : 16

D : 20

Q.no 26. Length of the GDT is ------------.

A : fixed

B : 64 KB

C : between 8 bytes to 64 Kbytes

D : 8KB

Q.no 27. PG bit is present in -------

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 28. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 29. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 30. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 31. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 32. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 33. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 34. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 35. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 36. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 37. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 38. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 39. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 40. Paging can be speed up using --------

A : Translation look aside buffer

B : Tables

C : Memory

D : None of the above

Q.no 41. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 42. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 43. The stack pointer (ESP) register is used to point ---------

A : Top of the stack

B : Bottom of stack

C : Middle of stack

D : None

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 44. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 45. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 46. SLDT instruction is used for _________

A : Storing Local Descriptor Table

B : Storing Local Descriptor Table Register

C : Storing Local Data Table Register

D : None of above

Q.no 47. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 48. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 49. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 50. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 51. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

Q.no 52. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 53. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 54. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 55. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 56. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 57. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 58. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 59. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 60. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is b

Answer for Question No 3. is d

Answer for Question No 4. is a

Answer for Question No 5. is c

Answer for Question No 6. is a

Answer for Question No 7. is a

Answer for Question No 8. is c

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is c

Answer for Question No 11. is a

Answer for Question No 12. is a

Answer for Question No 13. is c

Answer for Question No 14. is a

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is a

Answer for Question No 18. is c

Answer for Question No 19. is a

Answer for Question No 20. is d

Answer for Question No 21. is b

Answer for Question No 22. is c

Answer for Question No 23. is b

Answer for Question No 24. is d

Answer for Question No 25. is c

Answer for Question No 26. is c

Answer for Question No 27. is a

Answer for Question No 28. is c

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is b

Answer for Question No 31. is b

Answer for Question No 32. is a

Answer for Question No 33. is d


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is a

Answer for Question No 35. is b

Answer for Question No 36. is b

Answer for Question No 37. is c

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is d

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is d

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is c

Answer for Question No 45. is d

Answer for Question No 46. is b

Answer for Question No 47. is d

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is a

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is a

Answer for Question No 51. is d

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is d

Answer for Question No 54. is c

Answer for Question No 55. is b

Answer for Question No 56. is a

Answer for Question No 57. is c

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is c

Answer for Question No 60. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

1001147_T1 MICROPROCESSOR
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. Register Names beginning with E indicates ------- bit register width

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 2. Which bit in segment descriptor decides whether it is system or nonsystem segment?

A : S bit

B : W bit

C : G bit

D : A bit

Q.no 3. Which of the following is not a scale factor of addressing modes of 80386?

A:2
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 1/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B:4

C:6

D:8

Q.no 4. When IF(Interrupt Flag) is disabled following is true

A : Procedures are disabled

B : Multitasking is disabled

C : INTR interrupts are disabled

D : . Macros are disabled

Q.no 5. Following are components of Memory Management unit.

A : Decode and Execute

B : Segmentation and Paging

C : Fetch and Control

D : All of above

Q.no 6. If the Default operation size bit, D=1, the code segment operation size selected is

A : 8 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 64 bit

Q.no 7. The 80386 processor can address up to -------------- memory

A : 64 KB.

B : 4 GB.

C : 1 MB

D : none of above.

Q.no 8. The sign bit is located in ----- in a byte.

A : bit 1

B : bit 5
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 2/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : bit 7

D : bit 4

Q.no 9. When carry flag is set?

A : If carry generated out of MSB

B : If carry generated out of D15 bit

C : If carry generated out of D3 bit

D : All of above

Q.no 10. The IDT is a direct replacement of which table used in 8086 sys.

A : IVT

B : LDT

C : GDT

D : none of this

Q.no 11. How many descriptors can be stored in LDT at the most?

A : 8192

B : 4096

C : 1024

D : 2048

Q.no 12. In segmentation process when TI = 1 , the selector’s Index part points to the -----

A : Target segment descriptor.

B : Interrupt gate descriptor

C : LDT descriptors.

D : None of the above.

Q.no 13. Type 2 system descriptor is -----------------.

A : an LDT descriptor

B : a TSS descriptor

C : a Call gate Descriptor


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 3/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : None of given.

Q.no 14. If DF= -------- ,string instruction will automatically increment Pointers.

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:0

Q.no 15. Faults are

A : maskable interrupts

B : Non maskable interrupts

C : exceptions

D : traps

Q.no 16. Interrupt 4 represents following exception

A : Overflow exception

B : Bounds Check exception

C : Interrupt exception

D : Divide error

Q.no 17. The size of segment registers are -----------

A : 32

B:8

C : 16

D : 64

Q.no 18. Protection provided by ---------- unit can further be increased by --------- unit.

A : Segmentation, Paging

B : Paging, Segmentation

C : Segmentation, Control

D : Decode, Execution
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 4/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

Q.no 19. What is stored in Task State Segment

A : General purpose registers

B : Segment registers

C : Flag registers

D : All of the above

Q.no 20. A near pointer is an offset ----- a segment

A : Outside

B : Within

C : None

D : Both

Q.no 21. In I/O addressing if value in DX type is used the port range is upto ________.

A : 255

B : 256

C : 65535

D : 65536

Q.no 22. In instruction NOP requires ______ number of operands

A : Four

B : Two

C : Zero

D : One

Q.no 23. ESP Register is used to access ------ segment

A : Extra

B : Stack

C : Code

D : Data

Q.no 24. Interrupt that vectors through Trap gate


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 5/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

A : sets IF

B : resets IF

C : sets IOPL

D : non of above

Q.no 25. The Applications are related with __________ privilege level

A : Level 0

B : Level 1

C : Level 2

D : Level 3

Q.no 26. An interrupt breaks the execution of instructions and diverts its execution to

A : Interrupt service routine

B : Counter word register

C : Execution unit

D : control unit

Q.no 27. Which of the following is a special purpose reg. in 80386 ?

A : EIP

B : ESP

C : EFLAGS

D : ALL

Q.no 28. The limit field of the descriptor is of

A:8

B : 16

C : 10

D : 20

Q.no 29. Segmentation Unit translates ------------------- When paging is diabled .

A : logical address to physical address


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 6/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

B : linear address to physical address

C : logical address to linear address

D : logical address to absolute address

Q.no 30. Which is the highest and most secure privilege level in 80386 ?

A : PL0

B : PL1

C : PL2

D : PL3

Q.no 31. How many GDT’s are required in protected mode of 80386?

A : Minimum one

B : Only one, mandatory

C : One per task

D : None of above

Q.no 32. What fields are checked by Privilege check unit of CPU ?

A : CPL

B : RPL

C : DPL

D : All of the above

Q.no 33. In TSS of 80386 the field PDBR is associate with ______________.

A : static

B : dynamic

C : reserved

D : bank

Q.no 34. The bit that is used for providing protection is

A : User/Supervisor bit

B : Read Bit
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 7/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Write Bit

D : All of the above

Q.no 35. The data segments defined in GDT (global descriptor table) and the LDT (local
descriptor table) can be accessed by a task with

A : privilege level 0

B : privilege level 1

C : privilege level 2

D : privilege level 3

Q.no 36. Which of the following instruction/s is/are used for verification of pointer parameters?

A : ARPL

B : LLDT

C : LTR

D : All of above

Q.no 37. When hardware is accessed by reading and writing to the specific memory locations,
then it is called

A : port-mapped I/O

B : controller-mapped I/O

C : bus-mapped I/O

D : none of the mentioned

Q.no 38. Interrupt 0 is used for following exception.

A : Divide Error

B : Debug Exception

C : Overflow exception

D : None of the above

Q.no 39. The total descriptors that the 80386 can handle is

A : 2K

B : 8K

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 8/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : 4K

D : 16K

Q.no 40. The TSS with a selector that has TI = 1 ________________ results in an exception.

A : Indicating the current LDT

B : Indicating the current IDT

C : Indicating the current GDT

D : Indicating the current IVT

Q.no 41. The NT flag indicates whether the __________ field is valid.

A : front-link

B : back-link

C : next-link

D : previous-link

Q.no 42. Maskable interrupts are signalled via

A : INTR pin

B : INT pin

C : NMI pin

D : BUSY pin

Q.no 43. which are register I/O instructions

A : IN/OUT

B : INS/OUTS

C : INSB/OUTSB

D : INC/DEC

Q.no 44. When a JUMP instruction references a Task State Segment(TSS) descriptor, then DPL
must be

A : equally privileged as CPL

B : greater or equally privileged than CPL

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 9/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : less or equally privileged than CPL

D : less privileged than CPL

Q.no 45. The bit that indicates whether the segment has been accessed by the CPU or not is

A : base address

B : attribute bit

C : present bit

D : granular bit

Q.no 46. The control register that stores the 32-bit linear address, at which the previous page
fault is detected is

A : CR0

B : CR1

C : CR2

D : CR3

Q.no 47. The 80386 consists of

A : on-chip address translation cache

B : instruction set of predecessors with upward compatibility

C : virtual memory space of 64TB

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 48. Task Gate , Interrupt Gate , Trap Gate descriptors all are located in

A : IDT (Interrupt Descriptor Table)

B : GDT (Global Descriptor Table)

C : LDT (Local Descriptor Table)

D : Task Register

Q.no 49. The INTR interrupt may be masked using the flag

A : direction flag

B : overflow flag

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 10/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : interrupt flag

D : sign flag

Q.no 50. The program can reference data only within a segment in which

A : DPL &lt;= CPL

B : DPL&gt;=CPL

C : DPL=CPL

D : RPL=DPL

Q.no 51. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9

D : 10

Q.no 52. The selector RPL that uses a less trusted privilege than the current privilege level for
further use is known as

A : Least task privilege level

B : Descriptor privilege level

C : Effective privilege level

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 53. I/O instructions can be executed when

A : CPL< IOPL

B : CPL<= IOPL

C : CPL>IOPL

D : CPL>= IOPL

Q.no 54. The SELECTOR field of a task gate must refer to a -----------

A : TSS

B : base address

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 11/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

C : Segment Limit

D : TSS descriptor

Q.no 55. If the segment descriptor bit, S=0, then the descriptor is

A : data segment descriptor

B : code segment descriptor

C : system descriptor

D : all of the mentioned

Q.no 56. The task privilege level at the instant of execution is called

A : Descriptor privilege level (DPL)

B : Current privilege level (CPL)

C : Effective privilege level (EPL)

D : None of the mentioned

Q.no 57. The new task releases control by executing ___________.

A : IRET instruction

B : LAR instruction

C : LSL instruction

D : VERW instruction

Q.no 58. Once the CPL is selected, it can be changed by

A : hold

B : transferring control using system descriptors

C : transferring control using gate descriptors

D : transferring control using interrupt descriptors

Q.no 59. The task state segment descriptor the ‘B’ bit having bit number ___.

A:7

B:8

C:9
https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 12/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1

D : 10

Q.no 60. The bits of CR3, that are always zero are

A : higher 4 bits

B : lower 8 bits

C : higher 10 bits

D : lower 12 bits

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/allqusdownloadhtml.ils?testNo=5702&code=1052000&showTest=320&actForm=edit&set=1 13/13
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 1. is c

Answer for Question No 2. is a

Answer for Question No 3. is c

Answer for Question No 4. is c

Answer for Question No 5. is b

Answer for Question No 6. is c

Answer for Question No 7. is b

Answer for Question No 8. is c

Answer for Question No 9. is a

Answer for Question No 10. is a

Answer for Question No 11. is a

Answer for Question No 12. is c

Answer for Question No 13. is a

Answer for Question No 14. is d

Answer for Question No 15. is c

Answer for Question No 16. is b

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 1/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 17. is c

Answer for Question No 18. is a

Answer for Question No 19. is d

Answer for Question No 20. is b

Answer for Question No 21. is c

Answer for Question No 22. is c

Answer for Question No 23. is b

Answer for Question No 24. is d

Answer for Question No 25. is d

Answer for Question No 26. is a

Answer for Question No 27. is d

Answer for Question No 28. is d

Answer for Question No 29. is a

Answer for Question No 30. is a

Answer for Question No 31. is b

Answer for Question No 32. is d

Answer for Question No 33. is a


https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 2/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 34. is d

Answer for Question No 35. is a

Answer for Question No 36. is a

Answer for Question No 37. is d

Answer for Question No 38. is a

Answer for Question No 39. is d

Answer for Question No 40. is a

Answer for Question No 41. is a

Answer for Question No 42. is a

Answer for Question No 43. is a

Answer for Question No 44. is c

Answer for Question No 45. is b

Answer for Question No 46. is c

Answer for Question No 47. is d

Answer for Question No 48. is a

Answer for Question No 49. is c

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 3/4
12/22/2020 https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj

Answer for Question No 50. is b

Answer for Question No 51. is c

Answer for Question No 52. is c

Answer for Question No 53. is b

Answer for Question No 54. is d

Answer for Question No 55. is c

Answer for Question No 56. is b

Answer for Question No 57. is a

Answer for Question No 58. is c

Answer for Question No 59. is c

Answer for Question No 60. is d

https://sppu.wheebox.com/WAC-3/openanswers.obj 4/4
Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60

PWD12242_MICROCONTROLLERS
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B

1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1.     ____ register is used to read input from the port

A : TRIS

B : LAT

C : READ

D : PORT

Q.no 2. The low Priority interrupt vector has address of

A : 0000h

B : 001Bh

C : 000008h

D : 000018h

Q.no 3. PIC 18f452 is ________Microcontroller


A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 4. A stepper motor may be considered as a ____________ converter

A : Dc to dc

B : Ac to ac

C : Dc to ac

D : Digital-to-analogue

Q.no 5. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7

A : 00-2F

B : 00-0F

C : 00-7F

D : 00-07

Q.no 6. How many Control lines are used by LCD

A:3

B:5

C:2

D:1

Q.no 7. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?

A : PORT 0 and PORT 1

B : PORT 0 and PORT 2

C : PORT 1 and PORT 2

D : PORT 1 and PORT 3

Q.no 8. The speed of the DC motor depends on


A : Voltage and current

B : Voltage and Load

C : Voltage, Current and Load

D : None of the above

Q.no 9. How many SFRS are available in 8051

A : 20

B:8

C : 21

D : 34

Q.no 10. How many banks are available in PIC 18F452

A : 12

B : 16

C : 10

D : 14

Q.no 11. What is role of ALE in ADC

A : Data latch

B : Address latch

C : Signal latch

D : control latch

Q.no 12. what is PIC

A : Peripheral interrupt Controller,

B : Peripheral Interface Controller,

C : Programmable interface Controller,

D : Port interface Controller

Q.no 13. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD
A : H - to - L

B : L - to - H

C : always H

D : always L

Q.no 14. What is ROM and RAM of 8051

A : 2K,256 bytes

B : 4K, 256 bytes

C : 4K,128 bytes

D : 2K,128 bytes

Q.no 15. A microcontroller at-least should consist of

A : RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

B : CPU, RAM, I/O ports and timers

C : CPU, RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

D : CPU, ROM, I/O ports and timers

Q.no 16. What is the use of ADCON1 register in PIC 4550

A : Select refernce Voltage

B : Select Channel

C : Slect Clock

D : Chaanel and Clock

Q.no 17. What are optoisolators

A : Driver

B : Isolater

C : Latch

D : Buffer

Q.no 18. In unsigned number addition, the status of which bit is important?
A : OV

B : PSW

C : AC

D : CY

Q.no 19. What is the name of first block of logic analyser

A : Adjustable threshold Amplifier

B : Adjustable threshold Inverter

C : Adjustable threshold comparator

D : Threshold analyser

Q.no 20. How many lines are used by SPI protocol

A:2

B:3

C:4

D:1

Q.no 21. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps

A : 40

B : 50

C : 60

D : 70

Q.no 22. Capture/Compare mode uses

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 0 or Timer 3

C : Timer 0 and Timer 3

D : Timer 2

Q.no 23. Operating Frequency of PIC 18F452 is


A : Dc-20 MHz

B : Dc-48MHz

C : Dc-40 MHz

D : Dc-60 MHz

Q.no 24. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set

A : IE

B : RI

C : TI

D : RI,TI

Q.no 25. Timer 2 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 26. o display ‘A’ using common cathode seven-segment display, the code
required is

A : 7FH

B : 77H

C : 79H

D : 80H

Q.no 27. Which Pins ar eused for Tx and Rx in UART

A : RC6 and RC7

B : RC2 and RC3

C : RC7 and RC6

D : RB2 and RB1

Q.no 28. How many are the vectored interrupts in 8051


A:3

B:6

C:4

D:5

Q.no 29. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?

A:3

B:5

C:8

D : 10

Q.no 30. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset

A : OFF

B : undefined

C : ON

D : Tristate

Q.no 31. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be

A : driven high

B : driven low

C : toggled

D : all the above

Q.no 32. How can we control the speed of a stepper motor?

A : By controlling its switching rate

B : By controlling its torque

C : By controlling its wave drive 4 step sequence

D : Cant be controlled
Q.no 33. SSPADD register in MSSP I2C is used

A : To hold master address

B : To hold master and slave address

C : To hold slave address

D : To hold Slave and Master Address

Q.no 34. What is program memory size of PIC

A : 2K

B : 8k

C : 2MB

D : 64KB

Q.no 35. T0CON Register of Timer is __________

A : TIMER0 CONTINUOUS REGISTER

B : TIMER0 CONSTANT REGISTER

C : TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER

D : TIMER0 CONFIG. REGISTER

Q.no 36. Name of Addressing Modes in PIC18F4550 are ______

A : Immediate, Register and Indirect

B : Immediate, Direct and Offset

C : Immediate, Direct and Index

D : Immediate, Direct and Indirect

Q.no 37. Speed of ADC depends on,

A : Resolution of ADC

B : Conversion Time

C : Number of bits

D : Step Size
Q.no 38. What is STOP Condition in I2C

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 39. The PWM period will be set in ____ Register

A : CCPCON

B : CCPR1L

C : PR2

D : T2CON

Q.no 40. What is the role of LED

A : Status indication

B : Display of Char

C : Display of Number

D : Display of Text

Q.no 41. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 42. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set


Q.no 43. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 44. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 45. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 46. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 47. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 48. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129

C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 49. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 50. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 51. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 52. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 53. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register

C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 54. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 55. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 56. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :


A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 57. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 58. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers

Q.no 59. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 60.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0

B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1
D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0

Q.no 1. PORT names of PIC18F452 are

A : 0,1

B : 0,1,2,3,4

C : A,B,C,D,E

D : A,B,C

Q.no 2. CCP feature in PIC18 is

A : Control, capture, Pulse width Modulation

B : Capture, Compare, Pulse Width Modulation

C : Compare, Control, pulse generator

D : Capture, Control, Pulse generator

Q.no 3. PIC18F542 has ____program counter

A : 8-bit

B : 16-bit

C : 20-bit

D : 21-bit

Q.no 4.   The number of ports in PIC18F458 are

A :    4

B:5

C:6

D:8

Q.no 5. Which component is replaced by an in-circuit emulator on the


development board for testing purposes?

A : RAM

B : I/O Ports

C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC

Q.no 6. What is Significance of EA pin

A : Repreaentes Internalmemory access

B : Repreaentes external memory access

C : Repreaentes SFR memory access

D : Repreaentes Program memory access

Q.no 7. Which Protocol is used by RTC and EPROM

A : I2C

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : SPI

D : I2C and SPI

Q.no 8. What is the mode of Communication in RS232

A : Aynchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Synchronous

D : Isochornous

Q.no 9. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______

A :  H to L transitions

B : L to H transitions

C : logic high

D : logic low

Q.no 10. What is the difference between UART and USART communication?

A : Synchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Asynchronous
D : Isochornous

Q.no 11. Which are the registers associated with LCD

A : INTR

B : Data

C : Data and Command

D : BUFFER

Q.no 12. PIC18F452 has total _____ pins .

A : 40

B : 20

C : 16

D:8

Q.no 13. ADDWFC, SUBWF are

A : Arithmatic Instructions

B : Move and Load instructions

C : Branch instructions

D : Logical instructions

Q.no 14. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are

A : D7-D0

B : D3-D0

C : D4-D1

D : D7-D4

Q.no 15. Abbreviate CISC and RISC

A : Complete Instruction Set Computer, Reduced Instruction Set Computer

B : Complex Instruction Set Computer, Reduced Instruction Set Computer

C : Complex Instruction Set Computer, Reliable Instruction Set Computer


D : Complete Instruction Set Computer, Reliable Instruction Set Computer

Q.no 16. What is IoL of microcontroller

A : 1.6 ma

B : 60 MA

C : 50 Ma

D : 20 Ma

Q.no 17. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?

A : DTR

B : RTS & DTR

C : RTS and CTS

D : CTS

Q.no 18. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of

A : Data Bus

B : ALU

C : Control Bus

D : Address Bus

Q.no 19. The total addressible external code memory of 8051 is

A : 64 KB

B : 16KB

C : 128KB

D : 256KB

Q.no 20. Which pin provides a reset option in 8051?

A : pin1

B : pin4

C : pin9
D : pin20

Q.no 21. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input

A : TRISA = 0XF0;

B : TRISA = 0X0F;

C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;

D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;

Q.no 22. MSSP module of PIC18F452 has

A : ADC and PWM

B : SPI and I2C

C : USART and CCP

D : I2C and PWM

Q.no 23. Timer 0 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 24. What is the maximum value of PR2 register

A : 100

B : 149

C : 200

D : 255

Q.no 25. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?

A : High-level language Compiler

B : Assembler

C : Debugger
D : Editor

Q.no 26. What is the data rate used by I2C

A : 2.5 Mbits

B : 2 Mbits

C : 250 kbits

D : 1 Mbits

Q.no 27. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond

A : 250

B : 249

C : 255

D : 149

Q.no 28. Interrupts are used bt port

A : PORTD

B : PORTC

C : PORT A

D : Port B

Q.no 29. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?

A : 1.10001E7

B : 1.1110011E7

C : 1.111E7

D : 1.1110001E7

Q.no 30. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7

A:2
B:4

C:1

D:3

Q.no 31. What is the status of BRGH register for low Speed

A : BRGH=1

B : BRGH= undefined

C : BRGH = 0and 1

D : BRGH=0

Q.no 32. Which is not Stepper motor specification

A : Steps/revolution

B : Torque

C : Current rating

D : Pressure

Q.no 33. The instruction RESET in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Resets the Microcontroller

B : Resets all the registers and flags

C : Resets all the flags

D : Resets all the registers

Q.no 34. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used

A : D7-D1

B : D7-D0

C : D3-D0

D : D7-D4

Q.no 35. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.

A : 8 byte, on-chip 128 byte RAM


B : 8 bit, on chip 256 byte RAM.

C : 16 bit, on-chip 128 byte ROM

D : 8 bit, on chip 128 byte RAM.

Q.no 36. If a hybrid stepper motor has a rotor pitch of 36º and a step angle of 9º,
the number of its phases must be

A:4

B:2

C:3

D:6

Q.no 37. Circuit used for initialization of all values to default is named as

A : Power-On Reset Circuit

B : Brown Out Detection Circuit

C : Power ON/OFF circuit

D : WDT circuit

Q.no 38. Logic analyser is used for testing of _________ Signals

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Digital and Logic

D : descrite

Q.no 39. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation

A : 1.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

B : 0.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

C : 0.1 microfarad and 20Kohms

D : 1.5 microfarad and 20Kohms

Q.no 40. In LCD,_____ command is used For Cursor blink

A : 0X0F
B : 0X08

C : 0x04

D : 0X0E

Q.no 41.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 42. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 43. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second


C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 44. What is use of Bit D7 In LCD

A : Busy flag

B : Status flag

C : Driver flag

D : mode flag

Q.no 45. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 46. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 47. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s

C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

Q.no 48. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision


C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 49. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 50. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 51. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 52. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 53. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes
C : 3 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 54. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4

Q.no 55. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 56. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display

A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 57. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1

D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 58. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High


C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 59. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 60. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 1. What is the clock rate of EEPROM AT 24C04A

A : 400kHz

B : 300KHZ

C : 250 KHz

D : 1KHz

Q.no 2. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?

A : PORT 0 and PORT 1

B : PORT 0 and PORT 2

C : PORT 1 and PORT 2

D : PORT 1 and PORT 3

Q.no 3. What is the significance of "d=0" bit in ADDWF F D a

A : Undefined

B : Result saved in F
C : Results saved in F and W

D : Ressult Saaved in W

Q.no 4. Optoisolator protect the 8051 from

A : freuency

B : Current

C : EMI

D : voltage

Q.no 5. PIC18F452 has _____ ADC

A : 8 bit

B : 10 bit

C : 12 bit

D : 14 bit

Q.no 6. What is Significance of BF bit

A : Buffer Full

B : Buffer empty

C : Baud rate full

D : Buffer

Q.no 7. Which Line Carries the Data in I2C protocol

A : DTR

B : DTS

C : SCL

D : SDA

Q.no 8. Main block of frequency counter other than 8051 is

A : adder

B : subtrcter
C : memory

D : counter

Q.no 9. How will you configure the port as output in PIC

A : LATx=0x00h

B : PORT=0xFFH

C : TRISx=0x00h

D : TRISx=0xFFH

Q.no 10. A stepping motor is a ____________ device

A : Incremental

B : Analogue

C : Electrical

D : Mechanical

Q.no 11. Timer 0 is a ________ bit register.

A : 4 bit

B : 8 bit

C : 11 bit

D : 16 bit

Q.no 12. The SFRs associated with interrupts are

A : INTCON,IPR

B : PIR

C : TCON,RCON

D : TCON

Q.no 13. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz

A : 30 msec

B : 25 msec
C : 40 msec

D : 20 msec

Q.no 14. Whay is the role of key , it is

A : Used for status indication

B : Used for display

C : Used for graphics

D : used for control action

Q.no 15. TF1, TR1, TF0, TR0 bits are of which register?

A : TCON

B : SCON

C : TMOD

D : SMOD

Q.no 16. In SPI Data is Shifted in and Out using

A : MOSI and MISO

B : only MISO

C : MISO and MOSI

D : Only MOSI

Q.no 17.    ____ bit makes the job of Enabling/ disabling all the interrupts

A : GIE

B : PEIE

C : IE

D : INTIE

Q.no 18. BOD' stands for

A : Brown OR Reset Detection

B : Brown out Reset Detection


C : Brown out Reset Debug

D : Board on Reset Detection

Q.no 19. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content

A : 01H

B : 06H

C : 38H

D : OFEH

Q.no 20. Seven Segmant display is used to display

A : Only Graphics

B : Only numbers

C : Text and Numbers

D : only text

Q.no 21. EEPROM Data Memory of PIC 18F4550 is

A : 128 Bytes

B : 256 Bytes

C : 1KByte

D : 128 Kbytes

Q.no 22. A relay is used to

A : Break the fault current

B : Sense the fault

C : Sense the fault and direct to trip the circuit breaker

D : Close the operation

Q.no 23. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?

A : 0x00H

B : 0xFFH
C : 0x10H

D : 0xF0H

Q.no 24. PIC18F452 device can be operated in ____ oscillator Configuration modes.

A : 10

B : 12

C : 14

D : 16

Q.no 25. The speed of the DC motor can be varied by

A : Changing the width of the pulse applied to DC motor

B : Changing the voltage applied to the motor

C : Changing Current

D : Changing Power

Q.no 26. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?

A : 1.085 micro seconds

B : 0.75 micro seconds

C : 0.60 micro seconds

D : 1 micro seconds

Q.no 27. How long the the RS232 transmitt data

A : 5 feet

B : 25 feet

C : 10 feet

D : 2 mtrs

Q.no 28. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset

A : OFF
B : undefined

C : ON

D : Tristate

Q.no 29. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____

A : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data ROM

B : Program Memory, Data ROM, Data EEPROM

C : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

D : Program ROM, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

Q.no 30. The following instruction will make


TRISB = 0x00;
LATB = 0xFF;

A : Port B as input and port B bits as 1

B : Port B as output and Port B bits as 1

C : Port B as input and port B bits as 0

D : Port B as output and port B bits as 0

Q.no 31. What is the max ref current of DAC 0808

A : 1.5mA

B : 2 mA

C : 3 mA

D : 1 mA

Q.no 32. If PR2 = 150 and duty cycle is 20%, the value to be loaded in DC1B2:DC1B1
is

A:0

B:1

C : 10

D : 11

Q.no 33. SSPADD register in MSSP I2C is used


A : To hold master address

B : To hold master and slave address

C : To hold slave address

D : To hold Slave and Master Address

Q.no 34. What is Role of RS pin in LCD

A : Select data and Command Register

B : Select Address and Command Register

C : Select Address and Data Register

D : Select Address and Command Register with flag

Q.no 35. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are

A : 01H and F0H

B : E0H and 80H

C : E0H and C0H

D : 80H and C0H

Q.no 36. Operating Frequency of PIC 18F452 is

A : Dc-20 MHz

B : Dc-48MHz

C : Dc-40 MHz

D : Dc-60 MHz

Q.no 37. Timer 1 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 38. Which regidter is used by MSSP-SPI bus oto selsct the clock Frequency
A : SSPCON1

B : SSPSTAT

C : SSPCON1 and SSPSTAT

D : SSPBUF

Q.no 39. ECCP peropheral module of PIC 18F4550 has

A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM

B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power

C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM

D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM

Q.no 40. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?

A : .hex

B : .c

C : .txt

D : .doc

Q.no 41. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 42.

A : Yes

B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 43. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 44. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 45. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 46. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0
A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 47. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 48. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 49. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 50. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h
D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 51. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode

C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 52. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 53. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 54. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 55. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines

Q.no 56. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 57. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 58. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 59. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers

Q.no 60.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0
B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1

D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0

Q.no 1. Clock frequency of PIC is

A : DC to 20MHZ

B : AC to 20MHZ

C : 1 to 20MHZ

D : DC to 25MHZ

Q.no 2. DAS system multiple i/p are acess using

A : DEMUX

B : MUX

C : DEMUX and MUX both

D : Decoder

Q.no 3. How many SFRS are available in 8051

A : 20

B:8

C : 21

D : 34

Q.no 4. How many number of data can be transmitted between starts stop
condition in I2c

A : N+1

B:N

C : N-1

D : N+2

Q.no 5. What is MSSP

A : Master Synchronous serial port


B : Master serial port

C : Master serial Asynchronous port

D : Master serial Synchronous port

Q.no 6. The total addressible external code memory of 8051 is

A : 64 KB

B : 16KB

C : 128KB

D : 256KB

Q.no 7. _____ register is used to set the direction of the port

A : LAT

B : PORT

C : TRIS

D : DIR

Q.no 8. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor

A : higher, lower

B : lower, higher

C : higher,higher

D : none of the above

Q.no 9. What is the start lineaddress of 16x2 LCD

A : FFH

B : C0H

C : 80H

D : 90H

Q.no 10. Which are the registers associated with LCD

A : INTR
B : Data

C : Data and Command

D : BUFFER

Q.no 11. PIC 18f452 Microcontroller has _____ Timer modules

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 12. What is Significance of WCOL bit in SSPCON1 register

A : Write Collision Detect bit

B : Read Collision Detect bit

C : Read and write Collision bit

D : Write and read Collision detect bit

Q.no 13. LM35 has how many pins?

A:2

B:1

C:3

D:5

Q.no 14. What is the name of first block of logic analyser

A : Adjustable threshold Amplifier

B : Adjustable threshold Inverter

C : Adjustable threshold comparator

D : Threshold analyser

Q.no 15. PIC18F 4552 has MSSP (_____________)module.

A : Master Synchronous Serial Peripheral


B : Master Synchronous slave Port

C : Master Synchronous Serial Port

D : Master Slave Serial Port

Q.no 16. Which diodes are employed in the electromechanical relays since the
inductor current cannot be reduced to zero

A : Tunnel Diode

B : Shockley Diode

C : Freewheeling Diode

D : Zener Diode

Q.no 17. A stepper motor may be considered as a ____________ converter

A : Dc to dc

B : Ac to ac

C : Dc to ac

D : Digital-to-analogue

Q.no 18. upon reset all the interrupts in PIC18 are

A : Enabled

B : Disabled

C : Undefined

D : Initialized to some value

Q.no 19. A microcontroller at-least should consist of

A : RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

B : CPU, RAM, I/O ports and timers

C : CPU, RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

D : CPU, ROM, I/O ports and timers

Q.no 20. What is the resolution of ADC used in PIC 18F4550

A : 10 bits
B : 12 bits

C : 11 bits

D : 8 bits

Q.no 21. PIR sensor O/P is in __form

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Analog and digital

D : Descrite

Q.no 22. USART means :

A : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Register Transmit

B : Univeral Synchrnous Asymmatric Receive Transmit

C : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Receive Transmit

D : Univeral Serial Asynchronous Receive Transmit

Q.no 23. input DAC has ________

A : 8 discrete voltage levels

B : 64 discrete voltage levels

C : 256 discrete voltage levels

D : 124 discrete voltage levels

Q.no 24. What is the data rate of SPI

A : 2 Mbits/s

B : 1 Mbits/s

C : 3 Mbits/s

D : 5 Mbits/s

Q.no 25. What is the vector address for TF0 flag

A : 0x0003h
B : 0x000Bh

C : 0x0023h

D : 0x0013h

Q.no 26. What is the maximum delay that can be generated with the crystal
frequency of 22MHz?

A : 2978.9 sec

B : 0.011 msec

C : 11.63 sec

D : 2.97 msec

Q.no 27. Which register is used to make the pulse a level or an edge triggered
pulse?

A : TCON

B : IE

C : IPR

D : SCON

Q.no 28. DAS system having important block

A : Adder

B : Shift Register

C : ADC

D : Counter

Q.no 29. What is the maximum data rate of RS232

A : 20Kbps

B : 21 Mbps

C : 4kbps

D : 19.2 kbps

Q.no 30. What is the Ammount of Non volatile RAM in RTC


A : 25 bytes

B : 30 bytes

C : 58 bytes

D : 56 bytes

Q.no 31. What is the value of baud rate if TH1 is loaded with -3

A : 4800

B : 9600

C : 1200

D : 2400

Q.no 32. Which ports of the PIC18 are bit addressable?

A : Only port A

B : All the ports

C : Port B and D

D : Port A and E

Q.no 33. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?

A:3

B:5

C:8

D : 10

Q.no 34. All the Timer module Registers of PIC 18F 4550 are

A : 64 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 8 bit

Q.no 35. Timer 2 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______


A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 36. What is the status of bit for Right justified result

A : ADFM=0

B : ADFM=xx

C : ADFM= 1

D : ADFM=00

Q.no 37. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?

A : 1.10001E7

B : 1.1110011E7

C : 1.111E7

D : 1.1110001E7

Q.no 38. DJNZ R0, label is ________ byte instruction.

A:2

B:3

C:1

D:4

Q.no 39. If 41 ASCII code is transferred to LCD , Which letter is Displayed

A:B

B:A

C:a

D:b
Q.no 40. How many bytes of bit addressable memory is present in 8051 based
microcontrollers?

A : 8 bytes

B : 16 bytes

C : 32bytes

D : 128 bytes

Q.no 41. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 42. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 43. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 44. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16
D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 45. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 46. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 47. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 48. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 49. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129

C : 131
D : 132

Q.no 50. What is use of Bit D7 In LCD

A : Busy flag

B : Status flag

C : Driver flag

D : mode flag

Q.no 51. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 52. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 53. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second

C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 54. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 55. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 56. CONFIG2L is used for

A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer

D : Reset voltage

Q.no 57. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 58. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 59. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4

Q.no 60. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 1. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure with
frequency of 50Hz

A : 30 msec

B : 25 msec

C : 40 msec

D : 20 msec

Q.no 2. What is the clock rate of EEPROM AT 24C04A

A : 400kHz

B : 300KHZ

C : 250 KHz

D : 1KHz

Q.no 3. Which registers of bank are used for indirect adressing

A : R1, R2

B : R0,R1

C : R3,R0

D : R0,R2

Q.no 4. A stepping motor is a ____________ device

A : Incremental

B : Analogue

C : Electrical
D : Mechanical

Q.no 5. Timer 0 is a ________ bit register.

A : 4 bit

B : 8 bit

C : 11 bit

D : 16 bit

Q.no 6. Each instruction has two parts __________

A : Opcode and Register

B : Opcode and Operand

C : Operand and Register

D : Opcode and Pointer value

Q.no 7. Which devices are specifically being used for converting serial to parallel
and from parallel to serial respectively?

A : Registers

B : Counters

C : Timers

D : Serial communication

Q.no 8. What is the principle on which electromagnetic relays operate?

A : Electromagnetic induction

B : Motor control

C : Switching

D : Breaker

Q.no 9. How cammand register is enabled in LCD

A : RS=0, Rw=1

B : RS=0, EN=0

C : RS=0,RW=0
D : RW=0

Q.no 10. How many port lines are required to interface DAC 0808 with
microcontroller

A:2

B:4

C:8

D : 12

Q.no 11. FLASH Program Memory of PIC18F452 is _______

A : 128K

B : 64K

C : 32K

D : 16K

Q.no 12. In SPI Data is Shifted in and Out using

A : MOSI and MISO

B : only MISO

C : MISO and MOSI

D : Only MOSI

Q.no 13. Optoisolator protect the 8051 from

A : freuency

B : Current

C : EMI

D : voltage

Q.no 14. What is Significance of BF bit

A : Buffer Full

B : Buffer empty

C : Baud rate full


D : Buffer

Q.no 15. What are optoisolators

A : Driver

B : Isolater

C : Latch

D : Buffer

Q.no 16. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content

A : 01H

B : 06H

C : 38H

D : OFEH

Q.no 17. RESET uses ________ Machine cycles.

A:2

B:3

C:4

D:1

Q.no 18. The low Priority interrupt vector has address of

A : 0000h

B : 001Bh

C : 000008h

D : 000018h

Q.no 19. Control lines used in LCD

A : EN, RW,RS

B : EN, INTR, RW

C : RS, RW, IE
D : EN and RW

Q.no 20. PIC 18f452 Miceocontroller has ______

A : High performance RISC CPU

B : High performance CISC CPU

C : Combination of both RISC and CISC CPU

D : Advanced RISC CPU

Q.no 21. What is the memory used by AT24C04 EEPROM

A : 2048 bits

B : 4096 bits

C : 1024 bits

D : 512 bits

Q.no 22. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?

A : TTL logic level

B : RS232 logic level

C : TTL & RS232 logic level

D : RS 485

Q.no 23. Find the time delay for one machine cycle for 8051

A : 90.42 microseconds

B : 361.68 microseconds

C : 1.085 microseconds

D : 150.145 microseconds

Q.no 24. In DAS A/D converter is used for __________

A : Converting analog to digital

B : Converting digital to analog

C : Converting digital to mixed signal mode


D : Converting analog to mixed signal mode

Q.no 25. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________

A : OSCCONFIG1 and OSCCONFIG2

B : CONFIG2 and CONFIG2

C : CONFIG1L and CONFIG1H

D : None of the above

Q.no 26. The PWM period will be set in ____ Register

A : CCPCON

B : CCPR1L

C : PR2

D : T2CON

Q.no 27. What the function set register in LCD represents

A : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern

B : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, blibking

C : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shiftblibking

D : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shift

Q.no 28. What is the data rate used by I2C

A : 2.5 Mbits

B : 2 Mbits

C : 250 kbits

D : 1 Mbits

Q.no 29. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps

A : 40

B : 50
C : 60

D : 70

Q.no 30. In Capture mode RC2 is configured as

A : Input

B : output

C : tristate

D : input and output

Q.no 31. MSSP is used by

A : Rs232 and RS485

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : I2C and RS232protocol

D : I2C and SPI protocol

Q.no 32. ECCP peropheral module of PIC 18F4550 has

A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM

B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power

C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM

D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM

Q.no 33. What is the maximum value of PR2 register

A : 100

B : 149

C : 200

D : 255

Q.no 34. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?

A : .hex

B : .c
C : .txt

D : .doc

Q.no 35. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are

A : 01H and F0H

B : E0H and 80H

C : E0H and C0H

D : 80H and C0H

Q.no 36. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used

A : D7-D1

B : D7-D0

C : D3-D0

D : D7-D4

Q.no 37.   For PIC18F458 , what pins are assigned to INT0-INT2?

A : RA0,RA1 and RA2

B : RB5,RB6 and RB7

C : RC0,RC1 and RC2

D : RB1, RB2 and RB3

Q.no 38. PIC18F452 has power down modes as _____

A : idle and sleep

B : deep power down and idle

C : sleep and deep sleep

D : deep sleep and deep power down

Q.no 39. Timer 1 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter
C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 40. 8051 series has how many 16 bit registers?

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 41. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 42. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 43. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 44. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s


C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

Q.no 45. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 46. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 47. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 48.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0

B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1

D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0
Q.no 49. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 50. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 51. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display

A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 52. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise


C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 53. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 54. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 55. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 56. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 57.
A : Yes

B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 58. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 59. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 60. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 1. How many Channels are available in PIC 18F452

A : 10

B : 11

C : 12

D:8

Q.no 2. Which Protocol is used by RTC and EPROM


A : I2C

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : SPI

D : I2C and SPI

Q.no 3. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation

A:0

B:1

C:F

D:7

Q.no 4. How many SFRS are available in 8051

A : 20

B:8

C : 21

D : 34

Q.no 5. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?

A : PORT 0 and PORT 1

B : PORT 0 and PORT 2

C : PORT 1 and PORT 2

D : PORT 1 and PORT 3

Q.no 6. What is role of ALE in ADC

A : Data latch

B : Address latch

C : Signal latch

D : control latch
Q.no 7. Which register is used in ADC for Converstion

A : Data

B : Command

C : R -2R ladder

D : SAR

Q.no 8. In unsigned number addition, the status of which bit is important?

A : OV

B : PSW

C : AC

D : CY

Q.no 9. What is use of SSPBUF register

A : Read the data

B : Transmitt the data

C : Hold the data

D : Detect the data

Q.no 10. Clock frequency of PIC is

A : DC to 20MHZ

B : AC to 20MHZ

C : 1 to 20MHZ

D : DC to 25MHZ

Q.no 11. A stepper motor may be considered as a ____________ converter

A : Dc to dc

B : Ac to ac

C : Dc to ac

D : Digital-to-analogue
Q.no 12. Full form for PIR sensor is

A : Passive infrared sensor

B : Port infrared sensor

C : Parent infrared sensor

D : None of the above

Q.no 13. What is the mode of Communication in RS232

A : Aynchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Synchronous

D : Isochornous

Q.no 14. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of

A : Data Bus

B : ALU

C : Control Bus

D : Address Bus

Q.no 15. In Common Cathode mode of LED, all LEDs are Connected to

A : Vcc

B : GND

C : VCC and GND

D : VDD

Q.no 16. What is the use of ADCON1 register in PIC 4550

A : Select refernce Voltage

B : Select Channel

C : Slect Clock

D : Chaanel and Clock


Q.no 17. The speed of the DC motor depends on

A : Voltage and current

B : Voltage and Load

C : Voltage, Current and Load

D : None of the above

Q.no 18. Flag 'N' in Status register of PIC18F452 denotes

A : Zero Flag

B : Negative Flag

C : Overflow Flag

D : Carry Flag

Q.no 19. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter
in UART

A : RCSTA and TXSTA

B : TXSTA only

C : RCSTA only

D : TXSTA and RCSTA

Q.no 20. _____ register is used to set the direction of the port

A : LAT

B : PORT

C : TRIS

D : DIR

Q.no 21. What is the value of baud rate if TH1 is loaded with -3

A : 4800

B : 9600

C : 1200

D : 2400
Q.no 22. DAS system having important block

A : Adder

B : Shift Register

C : ADC

D : Counter

Q.no 23. What is the vector address for TF0 flag

A : 0x0003h

B : 0x000Bh

C : 0x0023h

D : 0x0013h

Q.no 24. MSSP module of PIC18F452 has

A : ADC and PWM

B : SPI and I2C

C : USART and CCP

D : I2C and PWM

Q.no 25. What is the role of EOC

A : Start of Converstion

B : output enable

C : End of Conversion

D : Buffer the data

Q.no 26. What is the max ref current of DAC 0808

A : 1.5mA

B : 2 mA

C : 3 mA

D : 1 mA
Q.no 27. Which Bit is used to Start and Stop the ADC Conversion

A : ADON

B : GO/ DOWN

C : VCF

D : ADFM

Q.no 28. EEPROM Data Memory of PIC 18F4550 is

A : 128 Bytes

B : 256 Bytes

C : 1KByte

D : 128 Kbytes

Q.no 29. Timer 0 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 30. What is STOP Condition in I2C

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 31. Logic analyser is used for testing of _________ Signals

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Digital and Logic

D : descrite
Q.no 32. What the output of LM 35 for every degree change in temp

A : 20 mV

B : 15mV

C:5mV

D : 10mV

Q.no 33. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode

A : a register

B : a number

C : a pointer

D : an address

Q.no 34. How many are the vectored interrupts in 8051

A:3

B:6

C:4

D:5

Q.no 35. PIC 18F4550 has ____ External Interrupts

A : Five

B : Four

C : Six

D : Two

Q.no 36. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?

A : 1.10001E7

B : 1.1110011E7

C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7

Q.no 37. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be

A : driven high

B : driven low

C : toggled

D : all the above

Q.no 38. Which instruction enables INT1

A : BSF INTCON3, INT1IE

B : BSF INTCON2, INT1IE

C : BSF INTCON1, INT1IE

D : BCF INTCON2, INT1IE

Q.no 39. Capture/Compare mode uses

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 0 or Timer 3

C : Timer 0 and Timer 3

D : Timer 2

Q.no 40. What is the important signal requerd for functioning of ADC

A : PSEN

B : EA

C : clock

D : address

Q.no 41. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High


D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 42. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 43. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 44. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 45. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode

C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 46. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register


C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 47. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1

D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 48. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 49. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 50. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4

Q.no 51. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8
C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 52. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 53. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 54. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 55. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus


Q.no 56.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 57. CONFIG2L is used for

A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer

D : Reset voltage

Q.no 58. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}
A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 59. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129

C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 60. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 1.     ____ register is used to read input from the port

A : TRIS

B : LAT

C : READ

D : PORT

Q.no 2. DAS system multiple i/p are acess using

A : DEMUX

B : MUX

C : DEMUX and MUX both


D : Decoder

Q.no 3. The SFRs associated with interrupts are

A : INTCON,IPR

B : PIR

C : TCON,RCON

D : TCON

Q.no 4. PIC 18f452 Microcontroller has _____ Timer modules

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 5. BNZ n : Instruction of PIC 18F452

A : Branch if Z flag = 1

B : Branch if Z flag = 0

C : Branch if Z Accumulator is 0

D : None of the above

Q.no 6. A microcontroller at-least should consist of

A : RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

B : CPU, RAM, I/O ports and timers

C : CPU, RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

D : CPU, ROM, I/O ports and timers

Q.no 7. Which Circuit is used at the output of DAC to get analog signal

A : Buffer circuit

B : I- V Convertor

C : V-I Convertor
D : V-F Convertor

Q.no 8. The group of memory locations set aside to hold the address of ISRs is
called as

A : Interrupt

B : Interrupt vector table

C : Interrupt service routine

D : Polling

Q.no 9. BOD' stands for

A : Brown OR Reset Detection

B : Brown out Reset Detection

C : Brown out Reset Debug

D : Board on Reset Detection

Q.no 10. How many Control lines are used by LCD

A:3

B:5

C:2

D:1

Q.no 11. PIC 18f452 is ________Microcontroller

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 12. Instruction set of PIC18F452 has _________instructions

A : 33

B : 35

C : 40
D : 75

Q.no 13. What is Significance of BF bit

A : Buffer Full

B : Buffer empty

C : Baud rate full

D : Buffer

Q.no 14. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor

A : higher, lower

B : lower, higher

C : higher,higher

D : none of the above

Q.no 15. What is IoL of microcontroller

A : 1.6 ma

B : 60 MA

C : 50 Ma

D : 20 Ma

Q.no 16. Which Line Carries the Data in I2C protocol

A : DTR

B : DTS

C : SCL

D : SDA

Q.no 17. Seven Segmant display is used to display

A : Only Graphics

B : Only numbers

C : Text and Numbers


D : only text

Q.no 18. PIC18F452 has total _____ pins .

A : 40

B : 20

C : 16

D:8

Q.no 19. What is ROM and RAM of 8051

A : 2K,256 bytes

B : 4K, 256 bytes

C : 4K,128 bytes

D : 2K,128 bytes

Q.no 20. What is the function of the SCON register?

A : To control SBUF and SMOD registers

B : To program the start bit, stop bit, and data bits of framing

C : To control SMOD registers

D : To set baud rate

Q.no 21. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them

A : RB0-RB7

B : RB0-RB3

C : RB4-RB7

D : PORTB pins cannot cause interrupt

Q.no 22. USART means :

A : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Register Transmit

B : Univeral Synchrnous Asymmatric Receive Transmit

C : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Receive Transmit


D : Univeral Serial Asynchronous Receive Transmit

Q.no 23. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation

A : 1.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

B : 0.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

C : 0.1 microfarad and 20Kohms

D : 1.5 microfarad and 20Kohms

Q.no 24. What is the maximum data rate of RS232

A : 20Kbps

B : 21 Mbps

C : 4kbps

D : 19.2 kbps

Q.no 25. What is Significance of mov p0, #0FFH

A : Port P0 is configured as Tristate

B : Port p1 Configured as Output

C : Port P0 is configured as output

D : Port P0 is configured as Input

Q.no 26. What is the role of LED

A : Status indication

B : Display of Char

C : Display of Number

D : Display of Text

Q.no 27. T0CON Register of Timer is __________

A : TIMER0 CONTINUOUS REGISTER

B : TIMER0 CONSTANT REGISTER

C : TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER


D : TIMER0 CONFIG. REGISTER

Q.no 28. ECCP peropheral module of PIC 18F4550 has

A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM

B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power

C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM

D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM

Q.no 29. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset

A : OFF

B : undefined

C : ON

D : Tristate

Q.no 30. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?

A : 0x00H

B : 0xFFH

C : 0x10H

D : 0xF0H

Q.no 31. What is he maximum bus length of I2C

A : 4mtrs

B : 6 mtrs

C : 5 mtrs

D : 1 mtrs

Q.no 32. How many bytes of bit addressable memory is present in 8051 based
microcontrollers?

A : 8 bytes

B : 16 bytes
C : 32bytes

D : 128 bytes

Q.no 33. MSSP is used by

A : Rs232 and RS485

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : I2C and RS232protocol

D : I2C and SPI protocol

Q.no 34. Interrupts are used bt port

A : PORTD

B : PORTC

C : PORT A

D : Port B

Q.no 35. What is the Ammount of Non volatile RAM in RTC

A : 25 bytes

B : 30 bytes

C : 58 bytes

D : 56 bytes

Q.no 36. Timer 3 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 8-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 16-bit timer/counter

Q.no 37. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC

A : Look up table

B : Bubble sort
C : Initilaisation

D : Rotation

Q.no 38. Speed of ADC depends on,

A : Resolution of ADC

B : Conversion Time

C : Number of bits

D : Step Size

Q.no 39. How can we control the speed of a stepper motor?

A : By controlling its switching rate

B : By controlling its torque

C : By controlling its wave drive 4 step sequence

D : Cant be controlled

Q.no 40. What is program memory size of PIC

A : 2K

B : 8k

C : 2MB

D : 64KB

Q.no 41. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 42. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin
C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 43. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 44. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 45. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 46. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 47. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8
C:7

D:9

Q.no 48. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 49. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 50. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 51. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 52. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50
C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 53.

A : Yes

B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 54. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 55. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second

C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 56. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 57. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display


A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 58. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 59. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers

Q.no 60. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 1. In MSSP I2C bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port B lines

C : Port D lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 2. CCP feature in PIC18 is


A : Control, capture, Pulse width Modulation

B : Capture, Compare, Pulse Width Modulation

C : Compare, Control, pulse generator

D : Capture, Control, Pulse generator

Q.no 3.   The number of ports in PIC18F458 are

A :    4

B:5

C:6

D:8

Q.no 4. upon reset all the interrupts in PIC18 are

A : Enabled

B : Disabled

C : Undefined

D : Initialized to some value

Q.no 5. WDT stands for ________

A : Watch Down Timer

B : Watch Dog Timer

C : Width Delay Timer

D : Watch Delay Timer

Q.no 6. FLASH Program Memory of PIC18F452 is _______

A : 128K

B : 64K

C : 32K

D : 16K

Q.no 7. What is the clock rate of EEPROM AT 24C04A


A : 400kHz

B : 300KHZ

C : 250 KHz

D : 1KHz

Q.no 8. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?

A : DTR

B : RTS & DTR

C : RTS and CTS

D : CTS

Q.no 9. How many banks are available in PIC 18F452

A : 12

B : 16

C : 10

D : 14

Q.no 10. What is the name of first block of logic analyser

A : Adjustable threshold Amplifier

B : Adjustable threshold Inverter

C : Adjustable threshold comparator

D : Threshold analyser

Q.no 11. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD

A : H - to - L

B : L - to - H

C : always H

D : always L

Q.no 12. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are
A : D7-D0

B : D3-D0

C : D4-D1

D : D7-D4

Q.no 13. what is PIC

A : Peripheral interrupt Controller,

B : Peripheral Interface Controller,

C : Programmable interface Controller,

D : Port interface Controller

Q.no 14. What is role of ALE in ADC

A : Data latch

B : Address latch

C : Signal latch

D : control latch

Q.no 15.    ____ bit makes the job of Enabling/ disabling all the interrupts

A : GIE

B : PEIE

C : IE

D : INTIE

Q.no 16. Which are the registers associated with LCD

A : INTR

B : Data

C : Data and Command

D : BUFFER

Q.no 17. What is Significance of EA pin


A : Repreaentes Internalmemory access

B : Repreaentes external memory access

C : Repreaentes SFR memory access

D : Repreaentes Program memory access

Q.no 18. How many Channels are available in PIC 18F452

A : 10

B : 11

C : 12

D:8

Q.no 19. In SPI Data is Shifted in and Out using

A : MOSI and MISO

B : only MISO

C : MISO and MOSI

D : Only MOSI

Q.no 20. PIC18F452 has power down modes :

A : sleep, idle

B : sleep, deep sleep

C : idle, deep sleep

D : deep sleep, deep power down

Q.no 21. In LCD,_____ command is used For Cursor blink

A : 0X0F

B : 0X08

C : 0x04

D : 0X0E

Q.no 22. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond
A : 250

B : 249

C : 255

D : 149

Q.no 23. SSPSR is

A : Directly read write

B : Not Directly read write

C : Read only

D : Write only

Q.no 24. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________

A : OSCCONFIG1 and OSCCONFIG2

B : CONFIG2 and CONFIG2

C : CONFIG1L and CONFIG1H

D : None of the above

Q.no 25. DAS system having important block

A : Adder

B : Shift Register

C : ADC

D : Counter

Q.no 26. o display ‘A’ using common cathode seven-segment display, the code
required is

A : 7FH

B : 77H

C : 79H

D : 80H
Q.no 27. What are the Square wave frequencies if SQW/Out=1

A : 1 Hz, 4 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

B : 4 Hz, 1 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

C : 8 Hz, 1 KHz,4 KHz,32 KHz

D : 8 Hz, 32 KHz,4 KHz,1 KHz

Q.no 28. Which Pins ar eused for Tx and Rx in UART

A : RC6 and RC7

B : RC2 and RC3

C : RC7 and RC6

D : RB2 and RB1

Q.no 29. Which is not Stepper motor specification

A : Steps/revolution

B : Torque

C : Current rating

D : Pressure

Q.no 30. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?

A : .hex

B : .c

C : .txt

D : .doc

Q.no 31. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?

A : High-level language Compiler

B : Assembler

C : Debugger
D : Editor

Q.no 32. Which register is used to check the flags in PIC

A : PIR1

B : IPR

C : PIR2

D : INTCON2

Q.no 33. What is the role of EOC

A : Start of Converstion

B : output enable

C : End of Conversion

D : Buffer the data

Q.no 34. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7

A:2

B:4

C:1

D:3

Q.no 35. What is the memory used by AT24C04 EEPROM

A : 2048 bits

B : 4096 bits

C : 1024 bits

D : 512 bits

Q.no 36. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input

A : TRISA = 0XF0;

B : TRISA = 0X0F;

C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;
D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;

Q.no 37. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps

A : 40

B : 50

C : 60

D : 70

Q.no 38. input DAC has ________

A : 8 discrete voltage levels

B : 64 discrete voltage levels

C : 256 discrete voltage levels

D : 124 discrete voltage levels

Q.no 39. What is the status of bit for Right justified result

A : ADFM=0

B : ADFM=xx

C : ADFM= 1

D : ADFM=00

Q.no 40. Timer 1 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 41. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat
D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 42. What is use of Bit D7 In LCD

A : Busy flag

B : Status flag

C : Driver flag

D : mode flag

Q.no 43. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 44. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 45. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 46. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1
D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 47. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 48. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s

C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

Q.no 49. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129

C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 50. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 51. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0


D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 52. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 53. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 54. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8
Q.no 55.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0

B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1

D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0

Q.no 56. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 57. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4
Q.no 58.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 59. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 60. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 1. Which register is used in ADC for Converstion


A : Data

B : Command

C : R -2R ladder

D : SAR

Q.no 2. A stepping motor is a ____________ device

A : Incremental

B : Analogue

C : Electrical

D : Mechanical

Q.no 3. DAS system multiple i/p are acess using

A : DEMUX

B : MUX

C : DEMUX and MUX both

D : Decoder

Q.no 4. The speed of the DC motor depends on

A : Voltage and current

B : Voltage and Load

C : Voltage, Current and Load

D : None of the above

Q.no 5. Which pin provides a reset option in 8051?

A : pin1

B : pin4

C : pin9

D : pin20

Q.no 6. Main block of frequency counter other than 8051 is


A : adder

B : subtrcter

C : memory

D : counter

Q.no 7. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7

A : 00-2F

B : 00-0F

C : 00-7F

D : 00-07

Q.no 8. In Common Cathode mode of LED, all LEDs are Connected to

A : Vcc

B : GND

C : VCC and GND

D : VDD

Q.no 9. The low Priority interrupt vector has address of

A : 0000h

B : 001Bh

C : 000008h

D : 000018h

Q.no 10. Full form for PIR sensor is

A : Passive infrared sensor

B : Port infrared sensor

C : Parent infrared sensor

D : None of the above

Q.no 11. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______
A :  H to L transitions

B : L to H transitions

C : logic high

D : logic low

Q.no 12. Which Circuit is used at the output of DAC to get analog signal

A : Buffer circuit

B : I- V Convertor

C : V-I Convertor

D : V-F Convertor

Q.no 13. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation

A:0

B:1

C:F

D:7

Q.no 14. What is the difference between UART and USART communication?

A : Synchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Asynchronous

D : Isochornous

Q.no 15. What is use of SSPBUF register

A : Read the data

B : Transmitt the data

C : Hold the data

D : Detect the data

Q.no 16. ADDWFC, SUBWF are


A : Arithmatic Instructions

B : Move and Load instructions

C : Branch instructions

D : Logical instructions

Q.no 17. What is Significance of WCOL bit in SSPCON1 register

A : Write Collision Detect bit

B : Read Collision Detect bit

C : Read and write Collision bit

D : Write and read Collision detect bit

Q.no 18. Which diodes are employed in the electromechanical relays since the
inductor current cannot be reduced to zero

A : Tunnel Diode

B : Shockley Diode

C : Freewheeling Diode

D : Zener Diode

Q.no 19. A stepper motor may be considered as a ____________ converter

A : Dc to dc

B : Ac to ac

C : Dc to ac

D : Digital-to-analogue

Q.no 20. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz

A : 30 msec

B : 25 msec

C : 40 msec

D : 20 msec
Q.no 21.   For PIC18F458 , what pins are assigned to INT0-INT2?

A : RA0,RA1 and RA2

B : RB5,RB6 and RB7

C : RC0,RC1 and RC2

D : RB1, RB2 and RB3

Q.no 22. What is the max ref current of DAC 0808

A : 1.5mA

B : 2 mA

C : 3 mA

D : 1 mA

Q.no 23. What is STOP Condition in I2C

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 24. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?

A : 1.085 micro seconds

B : 0.75 micro seconds

C : 0.60 micro seconds

D : 1 micro seconds

Q.no 25. Circuit used for initialization of all values to default is named as

A : Power-On Reset Circuit

B : Brown Out Detection Circuit

C : Power ON/OFF circuit

D : WDT circuit
Q.no 26. The instruction RESET in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Resets the Microcontroller

B : Resets all the registers and flags

C : Resets all the flags

D : Resets all the registers

Q.no 27. What is the data rate of SPI

A : 2 Mbits/s

B : 1 Mbits/s

C : 3 Mbits/s

D : 5 Mbits/s

Q.no 28. What is the maximum delay that can be generated with the crystal
frequency of 22MHz?

A : 2978.9 sec

B : 0.011 msec

C : 11.63 sec

D : 2.97 msec

Q.no 29. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?

A : 1.10001E7

B : 1.1110011E7

C : 1.111E7

D : 1.1110001E7

Q.no 30. Logic analyser is used for testing of _________ Signals

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Digital and Logic


D : descrite

Q.no 31. Which instruction enables INT1

A : BSF INTCON3, INT1IE

B : BSF INTCON2, INT1IE

C : BSF INTCON1, INT1IE

D : BCF INTCON2, INT1IE

Q.no 32. PIC18F452 has power down modes as _____

A : idle and sleep

B : deep power down and idle

C : sleep and deep sleep

D : deep sleep and deep power down

Q.no 33. The speed of the DC motor can be varied by

A : Changing the width of the pulse applied to DC motor

B : Changing the voltage applied to the motor

C : Changing Current

D : Changing Power

Q.no 34. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode

A : a register

B : a number

C : a pointer

D : an address

Q.no 35. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be

A : driven high

B : driven low

C : toggled
D : all the above

Q.no 36. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set

A : IE

B : RI

C : TI

D : RI,TI

Q.no 37. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.

A : 8 byte, on-chip 128 byte RAM

B : 8 bit, on chip 256 byte RAM.

C : 16 bit, on-chip 128 byte ROM

D : 8 bit, on chip 128 byte RAM.

Q.no 38. What is the vector address for TF0 flag

A : 0x0003h

B : 0x000Bh

C : 0x0023h

D : 0x0013h

Q.no 39. What is the data rate used by I2C

A : 2.5 Mbits

B : 2 Mbits

C : 250 kbits

D : 1 Mbits

Q.no 40. Timer 2 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register


D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 41. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display

A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 42. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second

C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 43. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 44. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 45. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0
D : Overflow detect

Q.no 46.

A : Yes

B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 47. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 48. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register

C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 49. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 50. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0
B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 51. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode

C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 52. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 53. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 54. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 55. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH
B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 56. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 57. CONFIG2L is used for

A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer

D : Reset voltage

Q.no 58. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 59. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers

Q.no 60. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer


B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 1. PIC18 uses _____ Timer for PWM

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 1

C : Timer 2

D : Timer 3

Q.no 2. PIC 18f452 Miceocontroller has ______

A : High performance RISC CPU

B : High performance CISC CPU

C : Combination of both RISC and CISC CPU

D : Advanced RISC CPU

Q.no 3. What is Significance of BF bit

A : Buffer Full

B : Buffer empty

C : Baud rate full

D : Buffer

Q.no 4. What is the principle on which electromagnetic relays operate?

A : Electromagnetic induction

B : Motor control

C : Switching

D : Breaker

Q.no 5. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are

A : D7-D0
B : D3-D0

C : D4-D1

D : D7-D4

Q.no 6. Clock frequency of PIC is

A : DC to 20MHZ

B : AC to 20MHZ

C : 1 to 20MHZ

D : DC to 25MHZ

Q.no 7. Which registers of bank are used for indirect adressing

A : R1, R2

B : R0,R1

C : R3,R0

D : R0,R2

Q.no 8. Instruction set of PIC18F452 has _________instructions

A : 33

B : 35

C : 40

D : 75

Q.no 9. WDT stands for ________

A : Watch Down Timer

B : Watch Dog Timer

C : Width Delay Timer

D : Watch Delay Timer

Q.no 10. PIC 18f452 Microcontroller has _____ Timer modules

A:1
B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 11. What is the use of ADCON1 register in PIC 4550

A : Select refernce Voltage

B : Select Channel

C : Slect Clock

D : Chaanel and Clock

Q.no 12. Which Line Carries the Data in I2C protocol

A : DTR

B : DTS

C : SCL

D : SDA

Q.no 13. What is the clock rate of EEPROM AT 24C04A

A : 400kHz

B : 300KHZ

C : 250 KHz

D : 1KHz

Q.no 14. A microcontroller at-least should consist of

A : RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

B : CPU, RAM, I/O ports and timers

C : CPU, RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

D : CPU, ROM, I/O ports and timers

Q.no 15.   The number of ports in PIC18F458 are

A :    4
B:5

C:6

D:8

Q.no 16. LM35 has how many pins?

A:2

B:1

C:3

D:5

Q.no 17. PIC18F452 has power down modes :

A : sleep, idle

B : sleep, deep sleep

C : idle, deep sleep

D : deep sleep, deep power down

Q.no 18. What is the start lineaddress of 16x2 LCD

A : FFH

B : C0H

C : 80H

D : 90H

Q.no 19. PIC18F452 has _____ ADC

A : 8 bit

B : 10 bit

C : 12 bit

D : 14 bit

Q.no 20. Timer 0 is a ________ bit register.

A : 4 bit
B : 8 bit

C : 11 bit

D : 16 bit

Q.no 21. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?

A:3

B:5

C:8

D : 10

Q.no 22. What is he maximum bus length of I2C

A : 4mtrs

B : 6 mtrs

C : 5 mtrs

D : 1 mtrs

Q.no 23. What is program memory size of PIC

A : 2K

B : 8k

C : 2MB

D : 64KB

Q.no 24. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?

A : TTL logic level

B : RS232 logic level

C : TTL & RS232 logic level

D : RS 485

Q.no 25. DJNZ R0, label is ________ byte instruction.


A:2

B:3

C:1

D:4

Q.no 26. SSPADD register in MSSP I2C is used

A : To hold master address

B : To hold master and slave address

C : To hold slave address

D : To hold Slave and Master Address

Q.no 27. Find the time delay for one machine cycle for 8051

A : 90.42 microseconds

B : 361.68 microseconds

C : 1.085 microseconds

D : 150.145 microseconds

Q.no 28. What is the memory used by AT24C04 EEPROM

A : 2048 bits

B : 4096 bits

C : 1024 bits

D : 512 bits

Q.no 29. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used

A : D7-D1

B : D7-D0

C : D3-D0

D : D7-D4

Q.no 30. USART means :


A : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Register Transmit

B : Univeral Synchrnous Asymmatric Receive Transmit

C : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Receive Transmit

D : Univeral Serial Asynchronous Receive Transmit

Q.no 31. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond

A : 250

B : 249

C : 255

D : 149

Q.no 32. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC

A : Look up table

B : Bubble sort

C : Initilaisation

D : Rotation

Q.no 33. Speed of ADC depends on,

A : Resolution of ADC

B : Conversion Time

C : Number of bits

D : Step Size

Q.no 34. Interrupts are used bt port

A : PORTD

B : PORTC

C : PORT A

D : Port B

Q.no 35. SSPSR is


A : Directly read write

B : Not Directly read write

C : Read only

D : Write only

Q.no 36. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation

A : 1.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

B : 0.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

C : 0.1 microfarad and 20Kohms

D : 1.5 microfarad and 20Kohms

Q.no 37. What is the maximum value of PR2 register

A : 100

B : 149

C : 200

D : 255

Q.no 38. Name of Addressing Modes in PIC18F4550 are ______

A : Immediate, Register and Indirect

B : Immediate, Direct and Offset

C : Immediate, Direct and Index

D : Immediate, Direct and Indirect

Q.no 39. PIC18F452 device can be operated in ____ oscillator Configuration modes.

A : 10

B : 12

C : 14

D : 16

Q.no 40. What is the role of LED


A : Status indication

B : Display of Char

C : Display of Number

D : Display of Text

Q.no 41. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 42. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4

Q.no 43. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 44. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 45. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels


A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 46. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 47. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 48. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 49. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines
Q.no 50. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 51.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 52. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 53. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?


A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 54. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 55. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 56. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 57. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display

A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder


Q.no 58. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 59. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 60. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 1. ADDWFC, SUBWF are

A : Arithmatic Instructions

B : Move and Load instructions

C : Branch instructions
D : Logical instructions

Q.no 2. RESET uses ________ Machine cycles.

A:2

B:3

C:4

D:1

Q.no 3. Which component is replaced by an in-circuit emulator on the


development board for testing purposes?

A : RAM

B : I/O Ports

C : Peripharals

D : Micro-controller IC

Q.no 4. Which devices are specifically being used for converting serial to parallel
and from parallel to serial respectively?

A : Registers

B : Counters

C : Timers

D : Serial communication

Q.no 5. what is PIC

A : Peripheral interrupt Controller,

B : Peripheral Interface Controller,

C : Programmable interface Controller,

D : Port interface Controller

Q.no 6. BOD' stands for

A : Brown OR Reset Detection

B : Brown out Reset Detection


C : Brown out Reset Debug

D : Board on Reset Detection

Q.no 7. Full form for PIR sensor is

A : Passive infrared sensor

B : Port infrared sensor

C : Parent infrared sensor

D : None of the above

Q.no 8. Seven Segmant display is used to display

A : Only Graphics

B : Only numbers

C : Text and Numbers

D : only text

Q.no 9. CCP feature in PIC18 is

A : Control, capture, Pulse width Modulation

B : Capture, Compare, Pulse Width Modulation

C : Compare, Control, pulse generator

D : Capture, Control, Pulse generator

Q.no 10. What is Significance of WCOL bit in SSPCON1 register

A : Write Collision Detect bit

B : Read Collision Detect bit

C : Read and write Collision bit

D : Write and read Collision detect bit

Q.no 11. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?

A : DTR

B : RTS & DTR


C : RTS and CTS

D : CTS

Q.no 12. How many banks are available in PIC 18F452

A : 12

B : 16

C : 10

D : 14

Q.no 13. TF1, TR1, TF0, TR0 bits are of which register?

A : TCON

B : SCON

C : TMOD

D : SMOD

Q.no 14. PIC18F 4552 has MSSP (_____________)module.

A : Master Synchronous Serial Peripheral

B : Master Synchronous slave Port

C : Master Synchronous Serial Port

D : Master Slave Serial Port

Q.no 15. PORT names of PIC18F452 are

A : 0,1

B : 0,1,2,3,4

C : A,B,C,D,E

D : A,B,C

Q.no 16. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter
in UART

A : RCSTA and TXSTA

B : TXSTA only
C : RCSTA only

D : TXSTA and RCSTA

Q.no 17. How cammand register is enabled in LCD

A : RS=0, Rw=1

B : RS=0, EN=0

C : RS=0,RW=0

D : RW=0

Q.no 18. What is the frequency of Clock used in RTC

A : 33 MHZ

B : 40 MHz

C : 32.786 MHz

D : 32 MHz

Q.no 19. Which Protocol is used by RTC and EPROM

A : I2C

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : SPI

D : I2C and SPI

Q.no 20. What is MSSP

A : Master Synchronous serial port

B : Master serial port

C : Master serial Asynchronous port

D : Master serial Synchronous port

Q.no 21. What is the Ammount of Non volatile RAM in RTC

A : 25 bytes

B : 30 bytes
C : 58 bytes

D : 56 bytes

Q.no 22. What is the status of BRGH register for low Speed

A : BRGH=1

B : BRGH= undefined

C : BRGH = 0and 1

D : BRGH=0

Q.no 23. How can we control the speed of a stepper motor?

A : By controlling its switching rate

B : By controlling its torque

C : By controlling its wave drive 4 step sequence

D : Cant be controlled

Q.no 24. Which Pins ar eused for Tx and Rx in UART

A : RC6 and RC7

B : RC2 and RC3

C : RC7 and RC6

D : RB2 and RB1

Q.no 25. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____

A : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data ROM

B : Program Memory, Data ROM, Data EEPROM

C : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

D : Program ROM, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

Q.no 26. Timer 3 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 8-bit timer/counter
C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 16-bit timer/counter

Q.no 27. Timer 0 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 28. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be

A : driven high

B : driven low

C : toggled

D : all the above

Q.no 29. The PWM period will be set in ____ Register

A : CCPCON

B : CCPR1L

C : PR2

D : T2CON

Q.no 30. EEPROM Data Memory of PIC 18F4550 is

A : 128 Bytes

B : 256 Bytes

C : 1KByte

D : 128 Kbytes

Q.no 31. What are the Square wave frequencies if SQW/Out=1

A : 1 Hz, 4 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

B : 4 Hz, 1 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz


C : 8 Hz, 1 KHz,4 KHz,32 KHz

D : 8 Hz, 32 KHz,4 KHz,1 KHz

Q.no 32. Which is not Stepper motor specification

A : Steps/revolution

B : Torque

C : Current rating

D : Pressure

Q.no 33. Which regidter is used by MSSP-SPI bus oto selsct the clock Frequency

A : SSPCON1

B : SSPSTAT

C : SSPCON1 and SSPSTAT

D : SSPBUF

Q.no 34. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7

A:2

B:4

C:1

D:3

Q.no 35. MSSP module of PIC18F452 has

A : ADC and PWM

B : SPI and I2C

C : USART and CCP

D : I2C and PWM

Q.no 36. PIC18F452 has power down modes as _____

A : idle and sleep

B : deep power down and idle


C : sleep and deep sleep

D : deep sleep and deep power down

Q.no 37. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?

A : PSW.5=0 and PSW.4=1

B : PSW.2=0 and PSW.3=1

C : PSW.3=0 and PSW.4=1

D : PSW.3=1 and PSW.4=1

Q.no 38. Timer 1 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 39. What is Role of RS pin in LCD

A : Select data and Command Register

B : Select Address and Command Register

C : Select Address and Data Register

D : Select Address and Command Register with flag

Q.no 40. 8051 series has how many 16 bit registers?

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 41. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H
C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 42.

A : Yes

B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 43. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 44. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 45. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 46. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 47. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 48. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second

C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 49. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 50. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers


Q.no 51.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0

B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1

D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0

Q.no 52. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 53. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 54. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s

C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

Q.no 55. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129
C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 56. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 57. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 58. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 59. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1

D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 60. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero


C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 1. DAS system multiple i/p are acess using

A : DEMUX

B : MUX

C : DEMUX and MUX both

D : Decoder

Q.no 2. A stepping motor is a ____________ device

A : Incremental

B : Analogue

C : Electrical

D : Mechanical

Q.no 3. Which pin provides a reset option in 8051?

A : pin1

B : pin4

C : pin9

D : pin20

Q.no 4. PIC18 uses _____ Timer for PWM

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 1

C : Timer 2

D : Timer 3

Q.no 5. Flag 'N' in Status register of PIC18F452 denotes

A : Zero Flag

B : Negative Flag
C : Overflow Flag

D : Carry Flag

Q.no 6. Which Line Carries the Data in I2C protocol

A : DTR

B : DTS

C : SCL

D : SDA

Q.no 7. What is the mode of Communication in RS232

A : Aynchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Synchronous

D : Isochornous

Q.no 8. What is Significance of BF bit

A : Buffer Full

B : Buffer empty

C : Baud rate full

D : Buffer

Q.no 9. What are optoisolators

A : Driver

B : Isolater

C : Latch

D : Buffer

Q.no 10. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content

A : 01H

B : 06H
C : 38H

D : OFEH

Q.no 11. What is the start lineaddress of 16x2 LCD

A : FFH

B : C0H

C : 80H

D : 90H

Q.no 12. The total addressible external code memory of 8051 is

A : 64 KB

B : 16KB

C : 128KB

D : 256KB

Q.no 13. What is IoL of microcontroller

A : 1.6 ma

B : 60 MA

C : 50 Ma

D : 20 Ma

Q.no 14. What is role of ALE in ADC

A : Data latch

B : Address latch

C : Signal latch

D : control latch

Q.no 15. In MSSP I2C bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port B lines
C : Port D lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 16. Optoisolator protect the 8051 from

A : freuency

B : Current

C : EMI

D : voltage

Q.no 17. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD

A : H - to - L

B : L - to - H

C : always H

D : always L

Q.no 18. The low Priority interrupt vector has address of

A : 0000h

B : 001Bh

C : 000008h

D : 000018h

Q.no 19.     ____ register is used to read input from the port

A : TRIS

B : LAT

C : READ

D : PORT

Q.no 20. LM35 has how many pins?

A:2

B:1
C:3

D:5

Q.no 21. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them

A : RB0-RB7

B : RB0-RB3

C : RB4-RB7

D : PORTB pins cannot cause interrupt

Q.no 22. Which register is used to check the flags in PIC

A : PIR1

B : IPR

C : PIR2

D : INTCON2

Q.no 23. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?

A : .hex

B : .c

C : .txt

D : .doc

Q.no 24. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?

A : TTL logic level

B : RS232 logic level

C : TTL & RS232 logic level

D : RS 485

Q.no 25. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps
A : 40

B : 50

C : 60

D : 70

Q.no 26. What is the data rate used by I2C

A : 2.5 Mbits

B : 2 Mbits

C : 250 kbits

D : 1 Mbits

Q.no 27. All the Timer module Registers of PIC 18F 4550 are

A : 64 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 8 bit

Q.no 28. In DAS A/D converter is used for __________

A : Converting analog to digital

B : Converting digital to analog

C : Converting digital to mixed signal mode

D : Converting analog to mixed signal mode

Q.no 29. What is the role of EOC

A : Start of Converstion

B : output enable

C : End of Conversion

D : Buffer the data

Q.no 30. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?
A : 1.085 micro seconds

B : 0.75 micro seconds

C : 0.60 micro seconds

D : 1 micro seconds

Q.no 31. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode

A : a register

B : a number

C : a pointer

D : an address

Q.no 32. What is the important signal requerd for functioning of ADC

A : PSEN

B : EA

C : clock

D : address

Q.no 33. The speed of the DC motor can be varied by

A : Changing the width of the pulse applied to DC motor

B : Changing the voltage applied to the motor

C : Changing Current

D : Changing Power

Q.no 34. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________

A : OSCCONFIG1 and OSCCONFIG2

B : CONFIG2 and CONFIG2

C : CONFIG1L and CONFIG1H

D : None of the above


Q.no 35. The following instruction will make
TRISB = 0x00;
LATB = 0xFF;

A : Port B as input and port B bits as 1

B : Port B as output and Port B bits as 1

C : Port B as input and port B bits as 0

D : Port B as output and port B bits as 0

Q.no 36. T0CON Register of Timer is __________

A : TIMER0 CONTINUOUS REGISTER

B : TIMER0 CONSTANT REGISTER

C : TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER

D : TIMER0 CONFIG. REGISTER

Q.no 37. What the function set register in LCD represents

A : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern

B : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, blibking

C : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shiftblibking

D : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shift

Q.no 38. Logic analyser is used for testing of _________ Signals

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Digital and Logic

D : descrite

Q.no 39. What is he maximum bus length of I2C

A : 4mtrs

B : 6 mtrs

C : 5 mtrs
D : 1 mtrs

Q.no 40. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input

A : TRISA = 0XF0;

B : TRISA = 0X0F;

C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;

D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;

Q.no 41. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 42. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 43. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 44. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH

Q.no 45. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register

C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 46. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 47. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode

C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 48. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON
C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 49. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 50. What is use of Bit D7 In LCD

A : Busy flag

B : Status flag

C : Driver flag

D : mode flag

Q.no 51. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 52. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4

Q.no 53. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H
A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 54. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 55. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 56. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 57. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h
Q.no 58. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 59. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 60. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 1. Each instruction has two parts __________

A : Opcode and Register

B : Opcode and Operand

C : Operand and Register

D : Opcode and Pointer value

Q.no 2. What is the principle on which electromagnetic relays operate?

A : Electromagnetic induction

B : Motor control

C : Switching

D : Breaker
Q.no 3. What is the name of first block of logic analyser

A : Adjustable threshold Amplifier

B : Adjustable threshold Inverter

C : Adjustable threshold comparator

D : Threshold analyser

Q.no 4. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter in
UART

A : RCSTA and TXSTA

B : TXSTA only

C : RCSTA only

D : TXSTA and RCSTA

Q.no 5.    ____ bit makes the job of Enabling/ disabling all the interrupts

A : GIE

B : PEIE

C : IE

D : INTIE

Q.no 6. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?

A : PORT 0 and PORT 1

B : PORT 0 and PORT 2

C : PORT 1 and PORT 2

D : PORT 1 and PORT 3

Q.no 7. PIC18F452 has total _____ pins .

A : 40

B : 20

C : 16
D:8

Q.no 8. What is the resolution of ADC used in PIC 18F4550

A : 10 bits

B : 12 bits

C : 11 bits

D : 8 bits

Q.no 9. PIC18F452 has power down modes :

A : sleep, idle

B : sleep, deep sleep

C : idle, deep sleep

D : deep sleep, deep power down

Q.no 10. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are

A : D7-D0

B : D3-D0

C : D4-D1

D : D7-D4

Q.no 11. In SPI Data is Shifted in and Out using

A : MOSI and MISO

B : only MISO

C : MISO and MOSI

D : Only MOSI

Q.no 12. PIC 18f452 Miceocontroller has ______

A : High performance RISC CPU

B : High performance CISC CPU

C : Combination of both RISC and CISC CPU


D : Advanced RISC CPU

Q.no 13. PIC 18f452 is ________Microcontroller

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 14. What is MSSP

A : Master Synchronous serial port

B : Master serial port

C : Master serial Asynchronous port

D : Master serial Synchronous port

Q.no 15. PIC18F542 has ____program counter

A : 8-bit

B : 16-bit

C : 20-bit

D : 21-bit

Q.no 16. How many banks are available in PIC 18F452

A : 12

B : 16

C : 10

D : 14

Q.no 17. PORT names of PIC18F452 are

A : 0,1

B : 0,1,2,3,4

C : A,B,C,D,E
D : A,B,C

Q.no 18. What is the clock rate of EEPROM AT 24C04A

A : 400kHz

B : 300KHZ

C : 250 KHz

D : 1KHz

Q.no 19. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of

A : Data Bus

B : ALU

C : Control Bus

D : Address Bus

Q.no 20. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7

A : 00-2F

B : 00-0F

C : 00-7F

D : 00-07

Q.no 21. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?

A:3

B:5

C:8

D : 10

Q.no 22. Timer 1 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register


D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 23. 8051 series has how many 16 bit registers?

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 24. If a hybrid stepper motor has a rotor pitch of 36º and a step angle of 9º,
the number of its phases must be

A:4

B:2

C:3

D:6

Q.no 25. What is the max ref current of DAC 0808

A : 1.5mA

B : 2 mA

C : 3 mA

D : 1 mA

Q.no 26. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?

A : 0x00H

B : 0xFFH

C : 0x10H

D : 0xF0H

Q.no 27. What is the status of BRGH register for low Speed

A : BRGH=1

B : BRGH= undefined
C : BRGH = 0and 1

D : BRGH=0

Q.no 28. PIR sensor O/P is in __form

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Analog and digital

D : Descrite

Q.no 29. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC

A : Look up table

B : Bubble sort

C : Initilaisation

D : Rotation

Q.no 30. Which instruction enables INT1

A : BSF INTCON3, INT1IE

B : BSF INTCON2, INT1IE

C : BSF INTCON1, INT1IE

D : BCF INTCON2, INT1IE

Q.no 31. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?

A : High-level language Compiler

B : Assembler

C : Debugger

D : Editor

Q.no 32. How long the the RS232 transmitt data

A : 5 feet

B : 25 feet
C : 10 feet

D : 2 mtrs

Q.no 33. What is the maximum value of PR2 register

A : 100

B : 149

C : 200

D : 255

Q.no 34. If 41 ASCII code is transferred to LCD , Which letter is Displayed

A:B

B:A

C:a

D:b

Q.no 35. In Capture mode RC2 is configured as

A : Input

B : output

C : tristate

D : input and output

Q.no 36. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set

A : IE

B : RI

C : TI

D : RI,TI

Q.no 37. Timer 2 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter
C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 38. Which ports of the PIC18 are bit addressable?

A : Only port A

B : All the ports

C : Port B and D

D : Port A and E

Q.no 39. PIC18F452 device can be operated in ____ oscillator Configuration modes.

A : 10

B : 12

C : 14

D : 16

Q.no 40. What are the Square wave frequencies if SQW/Out=1

A : 1 Hz, 4 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

B : 4 Hz, 1 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

C : 8 Hz, 1 KHz,4 KHz,32 KHz

D : 8 Hz, 32 KHz,4 KHz,1 KHz

Q.no 41. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 42. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H


C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 43. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 44. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 45. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 46. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 47. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1
C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 48.

A : Yes

B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 49. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 50. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 51. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H
Q.no 52.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 53. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 54. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 55. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :


A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers

Q.no 56. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 57. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129

C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 58.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0

B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1

D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0

Q.no 59. CONFIG2L is used for

A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer


D : Reset voltage

Q.no 60. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 1.   The number of ports in PIC18F458 are

A :    4

B:5

C:6

D:8

Q.no 2. What is the mode of Communication in RS232

A : Aynchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Synchronous

D : Isochornous

Q.no 3. What is the significance of "d=0" bit in ADDWF F D a

A : Undefined

B : Result saved in F

C : Results saved in F and W

D : Ressult Saaved in W

Q.no 4. Which register is used in ADC for Converstion

A : Data

B : Command

C : R -2R ladder
D : SAR

Q.no 5. Optoisolator protect the 8051 from

A : freuency

B : Current

C : EMI

D : voltage

Q.no 6. How many Control lines are used by LCD

A:3

B:5

C:2

D:1

Q.no 7. Control lines used in LCD

A : EN, RW,RS

B : EN, INTR, RW

C : RS, RW, IE

D : EN and RW

Q.no 8. Full form for PIR sensor is

A : Passive infrared sensor

B : Port infrared sensor

C : Parent infrared sensor

D : None of the above

Q.no 9. Seven Segmant display is used to display

A : Only Graphics

B : Only numbers

C : Text and Numbers


D : only text

Q.no 10. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor

A : higher, lower

B : lower, higher

C : higher,higher

D : none of the above

Q.no 11. Instruction set of PIC18F452 has _________instructions

A : 33

B : 35

C : 40

D : 75

Q.no 12. upon reset all the interrupts in PIC18 are

A : Enabled

B : Disabled

C : Undefined

D : Initialized to some value

Q.no 13. How many lines are used by SPI protocol

A:2

B:3

C:4

D:1

Q.no 14. Whay is the role of key , it is

A : Used for status indication

B : Used for display

C : Used for graphics


D : used for control action

Q.no 15. PIC 18f452 Microcontroller has _____ Timer modules

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 16. The group of memory locations set aside to hold the address of ISRs is
called as

A : Interrupt

B : Interrupt vector table

C : Interrupt service routine

D : Polling

Q.no 17. The SFRs associated with interrupts are

A : INTCON,IPR

B : PIR

C : TCON,RCON

D : TCON

Q.no 18. ADDWFC, SUBWF are

A : Arithmatic Instructions

B : Move and Load instructions

C : Branch instructions

D : Logical instructions

Q.no 19. Which component is replaced by an in-circuit emulator on the


development board for testing purposes?

A : RAM

B : I/O Ports
C : Peripharals

D : Micro-controller IC

Q.no 20. What is Significance of BF bit

A : Buffer Full

B : Buffer empty

C : Baud rate full

D : Buffer

Q.no 21. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are

A : 01H and F0H

B : E0H and 80H

C : E0H and C0H

D : 80H and C0H

Q.no 22. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____

A : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data ROM

B : Program Memory, Data ROM, Data EEPROM

C : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

D : Program ROM, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

Q.no 23. If PR2 = 150 and duty cycle is 20%, the value to be loaded in DC1B2:DC1B1
is

A:0

B:1

C : 10

D : 11

Q.no 24. Find the time delay for one machine cycle for 8051

A : 90.42 microseconds
B : 361.68 microseconds

C : 1.085 microseconds

D : 150.145 microseconds

Q.no 25. DAS system having important block

A : Adder

B : Shift Register

C : ADC

D : Counter

Q.no 26. o display ‘A’ using common cathode seven-segment display, the code
required is

A : 7FH

B : 77H

C : 79H

D : 80H

Q.no 27.   For PIC18F458 , what pins are assigned to INT0-INT2?

A : RA0,RA1 and RA2

B : RB5,RB6 and RB7

C : RC0,RC1 and RC2

D : RB1, RB2 and RB3

Q.no 28. What is the maximum data rate of RS232

A : 20Kbps

B : 21 Mbps

C : 4kbps

D : 19.2 kbps

Q.no 29. A relay is used to

A : Break the fault current


B : Sense the fault

C : Sense the fault and direct to trip the circuit breaker

D : Close the operation

Q.no 30. ECCP peropheral module of PIC 18F4550 has

A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM

B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power

C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM

D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM

Q.no 31. Circuit used for initialization of all values to default is named as

A : Power-On Reset Circuit

B : Brown Out Detection Circuit

C : Power ON/OFF circuit

D : WDT circuit

Q.no 32. Which Bit is used to Start and Stop the ADC Conversion

A : ADON

B : GO/ DOWN

C : VCF

D : ADFM

Q.no 33. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.

A : 8 byte, on-chip 128 byte RAM

B : 8 bit, on chip 256 byte RAM.

C : 16 bit, on-chip 128 byte ROM

D : 8 bit, on chip 128 byte RAM.

Q.no 34. The PWM period will be set in ____ Register

A : CCPCON
B : CCPR1L

C : PR2

D : T2CON

Q.no 35. input DAC has ________

A : 8 discrete voltage levels

B : 64 discrete voltage levels

C : 256 discrete voltage levels

D : 124 discrete voltage levels

Q.no 36. SSPSR is

A : Directly read write

B : Not Directly read write

C : Read only

D : Write only

Q.no 37. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used

A : D7-D1

B : D7-D0

C : D3-D0

D : D7-D4

Q.no 38. Which is not Stepper motor specification

A : Steps/revolution

B : Torque

C : Current rating

D : Pressure

Q.no 39. Which register is used to make the pulse a level or an edge triggered
pulse?

A : TCON
B : IE

C : IPR

D : SCON

Q.no 40. How can we control the speed of a stepper motor?

A : By controlling its switching rate

B : By controlling its torque

C : By controlling its wave drive 4 step sequence

D : Cant be controlled

Q.no 41. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 42. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 43. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 44. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display


A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 45. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 46. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 47. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set
Q.no 48. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 49. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 50. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 51. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4

Q.no 52. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s

C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s


Q.no 53. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 54. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 55. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 56. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 57. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1

D : SETB P0.1
Q.no 58. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 59. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 60. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 1. PIC18F452 has total _____ pins .

A : 40

B : 20

C : 16

D:8

Q.no 2. What is the name of first block of logic analyser

A : Adjustable threshold Amplifier

B : Adjustable threshold Inverter

C : Adjustable threshold comparator

D : Threshold analyser
Q.no 3. The speed of the DC motor depends on

A : Voltage and current

B : Voltage and Load

C : Voltage, Current and Load

D : None of the above

Q.no 4. PIC18F452 has _____ ADC

A : 8 bit

B : 10 bit

C : 12 bit

D : 14 bit

Q.no 5. What is ROM and RAM of 8051

A : 2K,256 bytes

B : 4K, 256 bytes

C : 4K,128 bytes

D : 2K,128 bytes

Q.no 6. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content

A : 01H

B : 06H

C : 38H

D : OFEH

Q.no 7. A stepping motor is a ____________ device

A : Incremental

B : Analogue

C : Electrical

D : Mechanical
Q.no 8. The total addressible external code memory of 8051 is

A : 64 KB

B : 16KB

C : 128KB

D : 256KB

Q.no 9. Which Line Carries the Data in I2C protocol

A : DTR

B : DTS

C : SCL

D : SDA

Q.no 10. PORT names of PIC18F452 are

A : 0,1

B : 0,1,2,3,4

C : A,B,C,D,E

D : A,B,C

Q.no 11. What is MSSP

A : Master Synchronous serial port

B : Master serial port

C : Master serial Asynchronous port

D : Master serial Synchronous port

Q.no 12. CCP feature in PIC18 is

A : Control, capture, Pulse width Modulation

B : Capture, Compare, Pulse Width Modulation

C : Compare, Control, pulse generator

D : Capture, Control, Pulse generator


Q.no 13. what is PIC

A : Peripheral interrupt Controller,

B : Peripheral Interface Controller,

C : Programmable interface Controller,

D : Port interface Controller

Q.no 14. Which registers of bank are used for indirect adressing

A : R1, R2

B : R0,R1

C : R3,R0

D : R0,R2

Q.no 15. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation

A:0

B:1

C:F

D:7

Q.no 16.     ____ register is used to read input from the port

A : TRIS

B : LAT

C : READ

D : PORT

Q.no 17. How will you configure the port as output in PIC

A : LATx=0x00h

B : PORT=0xFFH

C : TRISx=0x00h

D : TRISx=0xFFH
Q.no 18. PIC 18f452 Miceocontroller has ______

A : High performance RISC CPU

B : High performance CISC CPU

C : Combination of both RISC and CISC CPU

D : Advanced RISC CPU

Q.no 19. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz

A : 30 msec

B : 25 msec

C : 40 msec

D : 20 msec

Q.no 20. A stepper motor may be considered as a ____________ converter

A : Dc to dc

B : Ac to ac

C : Dc to ac

D : Digital-to-analogue

Q.no 21. USART means :

A : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Register Transmit

B : Univeral Synchrnous Asymmatric Receive Transmit

C : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Receive Transmit

D : Univeral Serial Asynchronous Receive Transmit

Q.no 22. What are the Square wave frequencies if SQW/Out=1

A : 1 Hz, 4 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

B : 4 Hz, 1 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

C : 8 Hz, 1 KHz,4 KHz,32 KHz

D : 8 Hz, 32 KHz,4 KHz,1 KHz


Q.no 23. MSSP module of PIC18F452 has

A : ADC and PWM

B : SPI and I2C

C : USART and CCP

D : I2C and PWM

Q.no 24. RS 485 uses principle of

A : Single drop

B : Multiplexing

C : Multidrop

D : single and multi drop

Q.no 25. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be

A : driven high

B : driven low

C : toggled

D : all the above

Q.no 26. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond

A : 250

B : 249

C : 255

D : 149

Q.no 27. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?

A : 1.10001E7

B : 1.1110011E7

C : 1.111E7
D : 1.1110001E7

Q.no 28. How many are the vectored interrupts in 8051

A:3

B:6

C:4

D:5

Q.no 29. What is the data rate of SPI

A : 2 Mbits/s

B : 1 Mbits/s

C : 3 Mbits/s

D : 5 Mbits/s

Q.no 30. What is the important signal requerd for functioning of ADC

A : PSEN

B : EA

C : clock

D : address

Q.no 31. Which instruction enables INT1

A : BSF INTCON3, INT1IE

B : BSF INTCON2, INT1IE

C : BSF INTCON1, INT1IE

D : BCF INTCON2, INT1IE

Q.no 32. What is the status of bit for Right justified result

A : ADFM=0

B : ADFM=xx

C : ADFM= 1
D : ADFM=00

Q.no 33. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?

A : PSW.5=0 and PSW.4=1

B : PSW.2=0 and PSW.3=1

C : PSW.3=0 and PSW.4=1

D : PSW.3=1 and PSW.4=1

Q.no 34. Which regidter is used by MSSP-SPI bus oto selsct the clock Frequency

A : SSPCON1

B : SSPSTAT

C : SSPCON1 and SSPSTAT

D : SSPBUF

Q.no 35. What is Significance of mov p0, #0FFH

A : Port P0 is configured as Tristate

B : Port p1 Configured as Output

C : Port P0 is configured as output

D : Port P0 is configured as Input

Q.no 36. What is the Ammount of Non volatile RAM in RTC

A : 25 bytes

B : 30 bytes

C : 58 bytes

D : 56 bytes

Q.no 37. T0CON Register of Timer is __________

A : TIMER0 CONTINUOUS REGISTER

B : TIMER0 CONSTANT REGISTER

C : TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER


D : TIMER0 CONFIG. REGISTER

Q.no 38. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset

A : OFF

B : undefined

C : ON

D : Tristate

Q.no 39. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7

A:2

B:4

C:1

D:3

Q.no 40. The following instruction will make


TRISB = 0x00;
LATB = 0xFF;

A : Port B as input and port B bits as 1

B : Port B as output and Port B bits as 1

C : Port B as input and port B bits as 0

D : Port B as output and port B bits as 0

Q.no 41. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 42. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low


B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 43. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129

C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 44. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 45. CONFIG2L is used for

A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer

D : Reset voltage

Q.no 46. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second

C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 47. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90
B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 48. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 49. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 50. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 51. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 52. SPI Is


A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 53. What is use of Bit D7 In LCD

A : Busy flag

B : Status flag

C : Driver flag

D : mode flag

Q.no 54. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 55.

A : Sowtooth
B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 56. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 57. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 58. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 59. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 60. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF


B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers

Q.no 1. A microcontroller at-least should consist of

A : RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

B : CPU, RAM, I/O ports and timers

C : CPU, RAM, ROM, I/O ports and timers

D : CPU, ROM, I/O ports and timers

Q.no 2. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______

A :  H to L transitions

B : L to H transitions

C : logic high

D : logic low

Q.no 3. How many Channels are available in PIC 18F452

A : 10

B : 11

C : 12

D:8

Q.no 4. What is the use of ADCON1 register in PIC 4550

A : Select refernce Voltage

B : Select Channel

C : Slect Clock

D : Chaanel and Clock

Q.no 5. What is the clock rate of EEPROM AT 24C04A

A : 400kHz
B : 300KHZ

C : 250 KHz

D : 1KHz

Q.no 6. Instruction set of PIC18F452 has _________instructions

A : 33

B : 35

C : 40

D : 75

Q.no 7. How cammand register is enabled in LCD

A : RS=0, Rw=1

B : RS=0, EN=0

C : RS=0,RW=0

D : RW=0

Q.no 8. How many port lines are required to interface DAC 0808 with
microcontroller

A:2

B:4

C:8

D : 12

Q.no 9. What is use of SSPBUF register

A : Read the data

B : Transmitt the data

C : Hold the data

D : Detect the data

Q.no 10. Which are the registers associated with LCD

A : INTR
B : Data

C : Data and Command

D : BUFFER

Q.no 11. Seven Segmant display is used to display

A : Only Graphics

B : Only numbers

C : Text and Numbers

D : only text

Q.no 12. What is the resolution of ADC used in PIC 18F4550

A : 10 bits

B : 12 bits

C : 11 bits

D : 8 bits

Q.no 13. FLASH Program Memory of PIC18F452 is _______

A : 128K

B : 64K

C : 32K

D : 16K

Q.no 14. Timer 0 is a ________ bit register.

A : 4 bit

B : 8 bit

C : 11 bit

D : 16 bit

Q.no 15. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD

A : H - to - L
B : L - to - H

C : always H

D : always L

Q.no 16. Flag 'N' in Status register of PIC18F452 denotes

A : Zero Flag

B : Negative Flag

C : Overflow Flag

D : Carry Flag

Q.no 17. Which diodes are employed in the electromechanical relays since the
inductor current cannot be reduced to zero

A : Tunnel Diode

B : Shockley Diode

C : Freewheeling Diode

D : Zener Diode

Q.no 18. Clock frequency of PIC is

A : DC to 20MHZ

B : AC to 20MHZ

C : 1 to 20MHZ

D : DC to 25MHZ

Q.no 19. LM35 has how many pins?

A:2

B:1

C:3

D:5

Q.no 20. TF1, TR1, TF0, TR0 bits are of which register?

A : TCON
B : SCON

C : TMOD

D : SMOD

Q.no 21. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?

A : 0x00H

B : 0xFFH

C : 0x10H

D : 0xF0H

Q.no 22. Which is not Stepper motor specification

A : Steps/revolution

B : Torque

C : Current rating

D : Pressure

Q.no 23. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?

A : .hex

B : .c

C : .txt

D : .doc

Q.no 24. What is STOP Condition in I2C

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 25. EEPROM Data Memory of PIC 18F4550 is


A : 128 Bytes

B : 256 Bytes

C : 1KByte

D : 128 Kbytes

Q.no 26. If 41 ASCII code is transferred to LCD , Which letter is Displayed

A:B

B:A

C:a

D:b

Q.no 27. Which Pins ar eused for Tx and Rx in UART

A : RC6 and RC7

B : RC2 and RC3

C : RC7 and RC6

D : RB2 and RB1

Q.no 28. Find the time delay for one machine cycle for 8051

A : 90.42 microseconds

B : 361.68 microseconds

C : 1.085 microseconds

D : 150.145 microseconds

Q.no 29. o display ‘A’ using common cathode seven-segment display, the code
required is

A : 7FH

B : 77H

C : 79H

D : 80H
Q.no 30. How many bytes of bit addressable memory is present in 8051 based
microcontrollers?

A : 8 bytes

B : 16 bytes

C : 32bytes

D : 128 bytes

Q.no 31. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation

A : 1.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

B : 0.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

C : 0.1 microfarad and 20Kohms

D : 1.5 microfarad and 20Kohms

Q.no 32. What is the role of LED

A : Status indication

B : Display of Char

C : Display of Number

D : Display of Text

Q.no 33. The instruction RESET in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Resets the Microcontroller

B : Resets all the registers and flags

C : Resets all the flags

D : Resets all the registers

Q.no 34. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC

A : Look up table

B : Bubble sort

C : Initilaisation

D : Rotation
Q.no 35. What is he maximum bus length of I2C

A : 4mtrs

B : 6 mtrs

C : 5 mtrs

D : 1 mtrs

Q.no 36. Capture/Compare mode uses

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 0 or Timer 3

C : Timer 0 and Timer 3

D : Timer 2

Q.no 37. Logic analyser is used for testing of _________ Signals

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Digital and Logic

D : descrite

Q.no 38. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input

A : TRISA = 0XF0;

B : TRISA = 0X0F;

C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;

D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;

Q.no 39. PIR sensor O/P is in __form

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Analog and digital

D : Descrite
Q.no 40. How long the the RS232 transmitt data

A : 5 feet

B : 25 feet

C : 10 feet

D : 2 mtrs

Q.no 41. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display

A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 42. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 43. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 44. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte

Q.no 45. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 46. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 47. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 48. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH
C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 49. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s

C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

Q.no 50. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 51. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 52. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 53. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 54. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 55. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 56. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 57. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 58. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register


C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 59. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4

Q.no 60. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 1. How many number of data can be transmitted between starts stop
condition in I2c

A : N+1

B:N

C : N-1

D : N+2

Q.no 2. A stepper motor may be considered as a ____________ converter

A : Dc to dc

B : Ac to ac

C : Dc to ac

D : Digital-to-analogue

Q.no 3. PIC18F452 has power down modes :

A : sleep, idle

B : sleep, deep sleep


C : idle, deep sleep

D : deep sleep, deep power down

Q.no 4. What is role of ALE in ADC

A : Data latch

B : Address latch

C : Signal latch

D : control latch

Q.no 5. The group of memory locations set aside to hold the address of ISRs is
called as

A : Interrupt

B : Interrupt vector table

C : Interrupt service routine

D : Polling

Q.no 6. Which component is replaced by an in-circuit emulator on the


development board for testing purposes?

A : RAM

B : I/O Ports

C : Peripharals

D : Micro-controller IC

Q.no 7. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor

A : higher, lower

B : lower, higher

C : higher,higher

D : none of the above

Q.no 8. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter in
UART
A : RCSTA and TXSTA

B : TXSTA only

C : RCSTA only

D : TXSTA and RCSTA

Q.no 9. PIC18F 4552 has MSSP (_____________)module.

A : Master Synchronous Serial Peripheral

B : Master Synchronous slave Port

C : Master Synchronous Serial Port

D : Master Slave Serial Port

Q.no 10. What is the function of the SCON register?

A : To control SBUF and SMOD registers

B : To program the start bit, stop bit, and data bits of framing

C : To control SMOD registers

D : To set baud rate

Q.no 11. Full form for PIR sensor is

A : Passive infrared sensor

B : Port infrared sensor

C : Parent infrared sensor

D : None of the above

Q.no 12. upon reset all the interrupts in PIC18 are

A : Enabled

B : Disabled

C : Undefined

D : Initialized to some value

Q.no 13.   The number of ports in PIC18F458 are


A :    4

B:5

C:6

D:8

Q.no 14. BOD' stands for

A : Brown OR Reset Detection

B : Brown out Reset Detection

C : Brown out Reset Debug

D : Board on Reset Detection

Q.no 15. In unsigned number addition, the status of which bit is important?

A : OV

B : PSW

C : AC

D : CY

Q.no 16. How many lines are used by SPI protocol

A:2

B:3

C:4

D:1

Q.no 17. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7

A : 00-2F

B : 00-0F

C : 00-7F

D : 00-07

Q.no 18. The speed of the DC motor depends on


A : Voltage and current

B : Voltage and Load

C : Voltage, Current and Load

D : None of the above

Q.no 19. What is the significance of "d=0" bit in ADDWF F D a

A : Undefined

B : Result saved in F

C : Results saved in F and W

D : Ressult Saaved in W

Q.no 20. The low Priority interrupt vector has address of

A : 0000h

B : 001Bh

C : 000008h

D : 000018h

Q.no 21. SSPADD register in MSSP I2C is used

A : To hold master address

B : To hold master and slave address

C : To hold slave address

D : To hold Slave and Master Address

Q.no 22. MSSP module of PIC18F452 has

A : ADC and PWM

B : SPI and I2C

C : USART and CCP

D : I2C and PWM

Q.no 23. Timer 0 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______


A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 24. What is the role of EOC

A : Start of Converstion

B : output enable

C : End of Conversion

D : Buffer the data

Q.no 25. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________

A : OSCCONFIG1 and OSCCONFIG2

B : CONFIG2 and CONFIG2

C : CONFIG1L and CONFIG1H

D : None of the above

Q.no 26. All the Timer module Registers of PIC 18F 4550 are

A : 64 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit

D : 8 bit

Q.no 27. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set

A : IE

B : RI

C : TI

D : RI,TI
Q.no 28. The following instruction will make
TRISB = 0x00;
LATB = 0xFF;

A : Port B as input and port B bits as 1

B : Port B as output and Port B bits as 1

C : Port B as input and port B bits as 0

D : Port B as output and port B bits as 0

Q.no 29. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?

A : PSW.5=0 and PSW.4=1

B : PSW.2=0 and PSW.3=1

C : PSW.3=0 and PSW.4=1

D : PSW.3=1 and PSW.4=1

Q.no 30. What is program memory size of PIC

A : 2K

B : 8k

C : 2MB

D : 64KB

Q.no 31. 8051 series has how many 16 bit registers?

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 32. Speed of ADC depends on,

A : Resolution of ADC

B : Conversion Time

C : Number of bits
D : Step Size

Q.no 33. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?

A : 1.10001E7

B : 1.1110011E7

C : 1.111E7

D : 1.1110001E7

Q.no 34. MSSP is used by

A : Rs232 and RS485

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : I2C and RS232protocol

D : I2C and SPI protocol

Q.no 35. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7

A:2

B:4

C:1

D:3

Q.no 36. What is the data rate of SPI

A : 2 Mbits/s

B : 1 Mbits/s

C : 3 Mbits/s

D : 5 Mbits/s

Q.no 37. If a hybrid stepper motor has a rotor pitch of 36º and a step angle of 9º,
the number of its phases must be

A:4
B:2

C:3

D:6

Q.no 38. input DAC has ________

A : 8 discrete voltage levels

B : 64 discrete voltage levels

C : 256 discrete voltage levels

D : 124 discrete voltage levels

Q.no 39. USART means :

A : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Register Transmit

B : Univeral Synchrnous Asymmatric Receive Transmit

C : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Receive Transmit

D : Univeral Serial Asynchronous Receive Transmit

Q.no 40. How can we control the speed of a stepper motor?

A : By controlling its switching rate

B : By controlling its torque

C : By controlling its wave drive 4 step sequence

D : Cant be controlled
Q.no 41.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 42. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 43. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 44. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0
A : 130

B : 129

C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 45. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 46. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 47.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0

B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1

D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0

Q.no 48. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG


D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 49. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 50. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 51. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 52. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 53.

A : Yes
B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 54. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 55. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 56. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 57. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 58. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator


B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 59. CONFIG2L is used for

A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer

D : Reset voltage

Q.no 60. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second

C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 1. The SFRs associated with interrupts are

A : INTCON,IPR

B : PIR

C : TCON,RCON

D : TCON

Q.no 2. BNZ n : Instruction of PIC 18F452

A : Branch if Z flag = 1

B : Branch if Z flag = 0

C : Branch if Z Accumulator is 0

D : None of the above

Q.no 3. What is the clock rate of EEPROM AT 24C04A

A : 400kHz
B : 300KHZ

C : 250 KHz

D : 1KHz

Q.no 4. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of

A : Data Bus

B : ALU

C : Control Bus

D : Address Bus

Q.no 5. What are optoisolators

A : Driver

B : Isolater

C : Latch

D : Buffer

Q.no 6. PIC 18f452 is ________Microcontroller

A:8

B : 16

C : 32

D : 64

Q.no 7. A stepping motor is a ____________ device

A : Incremental

B : Analogue

C : Electrical

D : Mechanical

Q.no 8. Whay is the role of key , it is

A : Used for status indication


B : Used for display

C : Used for graphics

D : used for control action

Q.no 9. DAS system multiple i/p are acess using

A : DEMUX

B : MUX

C : DEMUX and MUX both

D : Decoder

Q.no 10. what is PIC

A : Peripheral interrupt Controller,

B : Peripheral Interface Controller,

C : Programmable interface Controller,

D : Port interface Controller

Q.no 11. What is Significance of EA pin

A : Repreaentes Internalmemory access

B : Repreaentes external memory access

C : Repreaentes SFR memory access

D : Repreaentes Program memory access

Q.no 12. PIC18F542 has ____program counter

A : 8-bit

B : 16-bit

C : 20-bit

D : 21-bit

Q.no 13. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?

A : DTR
B : RTS & DTR

C : RTS and CTS

D : CTS

Q.no 14. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz

A : 30 msec

B : 25 msec

C : 40 msec

D : 20 msec

Q.no 15. ADDWFC, SUBWF are

A : Arithmatic Instructions

B : Move and Load instructions

C : Branch instructions

D : Logical instructions

Q.no 16. Main block of frequency counter other than 8051 is

A : adder

B : subtrcter

C : memory

D : counter

Q.no 17. How many port lines are required to interface DAC 0808 with
microcontroller

A:2

B:4

C:8

D : 12

Q.no 18. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are
A : D7-D0

B : D3-D0

C : D4-D1

D : D7-D4

Q.no 19. FLASH Program Memory of PIC18F452 is _______

A : 128K

B : 64K

C : 32K

D : 16K

Q.no 20. In Common Cathode mode of LED, all LEDs are Connected to

A : Vcc

B : GND

C : VCC and GND

D : VDD

Q.no 21. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them

A : RB0-RB7

B : RB0-RB3

C : RB4-RB7

D : PORTB pins cannot cause interrupt

Q.no 22. A relay is used to

A : Break the fault current

B : Sense the fault

C : Sense the fault and direct to trip the circuit breaker

D : Close the operation

Q.no 23. What is the maximum data rate of RS232


A : 20Kbps

B : 21 Mbps

C : 4kbps

D : 19.2 kbps

Q.no 24. Interrupts are used bt port

A : PORTD

B : PORTC

C : PORT A

D : Port B

Q.no 25. Which register is used to make the pulse a level or an edge triggered
pulse?

A : TCON

B : IE

C : IPR

D : SCON

Q.no 26. If 41 ASCII code is transferred to LCD , Which letter is Displayed

A:B

B:A

C:a

D:b

Q.no 27. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?

A : High-level language Compiler

B : Assembler

C : Debugger

D : Editor
Q.no 28. What the output of LM 35 for every degree change in temp

A : 20 mV

B : 15mV

C:5mV

D : 10mV

Q.no 29. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be

A : driven high

B : driven low

C : toggled

D : all the above

Q.no 30. DAS system having important block

A : Adder

B : Shift Register

C : ADC

D : Counter

Q.no 31. In Capture mode RC2 is configured as

A : Input

B : output

C : tristate

D : input and output

Q.no 32. What is the max ref current of DAC 0808

A : 1.5mA

B : 2 mA

C : 3 mA

D : 1 mA
Q.no 33. If LED is connected with Anode to port what is its status on power on
reset

A : OFF

B : undefined

C : ON

D : Tristate

Q.no 34. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are

A : 01H and F0H

B : E0H and 80H

C : E0H and C0H

D : 80H and C0H

Q.no 35. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC

A : Look up table

B : Bubble sort

C : Initilaisation

D : Rotation

Q.no 36. What is Role of RS pin in LCD

A : Select data and Command Register

B : Select Address and Command Register

C : Select Address and Data Register

D : Select Address and Command Register with flag

Q.no 37. What the function set register in LCD represents

A : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern

B : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, blibking

C : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shiftblibking


D : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shift

Q.no 38. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?

A : TTL logic level

B : RS232 logic level

C : TTL & RS232 logic level

D : RS 485

Q.no 39. What is the role of LED

A : Status indication

B : Display of Char

C : Display of Number

D : Display of Text

Q.no 40. Which Bit is used to Start and Stop the ADC Conversion

A : ADON

B : GO/ DOWN

C : VCF

D : ADFM

Q.no 41. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 42. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H
C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 43. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1

D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 44. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 45. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4

Q.no 46. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 47. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s


C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

Q.no 48. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 49. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 50. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 51. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 52. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode
C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 53. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 54. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 55. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 56. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag


B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 57. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 58. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register

C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 59. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 60. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 1. Which component is replaced by an in-circuit emulator on the


development board for testing purposes?

A : RAM
B : I/O Ports

C : Peripharals

D : Micro-controller IC

Q.no 2. What is IoL of microcontroller

A : 1.6 ma

B : 60 MA

C : 50 Ma

D : 20 Ma

Q.no 3. LM35 has how many pins?

A:2

B:1

C:3

D:5

Q.no 4. How will you configure the port as output in PIC

A : LATx=0x00h

B : PORT=0xFFH

C : TRISx=0x00h

D : TRISx=0xFFH

Q.no 5. What is ROM and RAM of 8051

A : 2K,256 bytes

B : 4K, 256 bytes

C : 4K,128 bytes

D : 2K,128 bytes

Q.no 6. What is use of SSPBUF register

A : Read the data


B : Transmitt the data

C : Hold the data

D : Detect the data

Q.no 7. Which Circuit is used at the output of DAC to get analog signal

A : Buffer circuit

B : I- V Convertor

C : V-I Convertor

D : V-F Convertor

Q.no 8. upon reset all the interrupts in PIC18 are

A : Enabled

B : Disabled

C : Undefined

D : Initialized to some value

Q.no 9. Which Line Carries the Data in I2C protocol

A : DTR

B : DTS

C : SCL

D : SDA

Q.no 10. Which devices are specifically being used for converting serial to parallel
and from parallel to serial respectively?

A : Registers

B : Counters

C : Timers

D : Serial communication

Q.no 11. What is the significance of "d=0" bit in ADDWF F D a

A : Undefined
B : Result saved in F

C : Results saved in F and W

D : Ressult Saaved in W

Q.no 12. What is role of ALE in ADC

A : Data latch

B : Address latch

C : Signal latch

D : control latch

Q.no 13. What is MSSP

A : Master Synchronous serial port

B : Master serial port

C : Master serial Asynchronous port

D : Master serial Synchronous port

Q.no 14. PIC18F452 has _____ ADC

A : 8 bit

B : 10 bit

C : 12 bit

D : 14 bit

Q.no 15. Which diodes are employed in the electromechanical relays since the
inductor current cannot be reduced to zero

A : Tunnel Diode

B : Shockley Diode

C : Freewheeling Diode

D : Zener Diode

Q.no 16. How many Channels are available in PIC 18F452

A : 10
B : 11

C : 12

D:8

Q.no 17. Clock frequency of PIC is

A : DC to 20MHZ

B : AC to 20MHZ

C : 1 to 20MHZ

D : DC to 25MHZ

Q.no 18. BOD' stands for

A : Brown OR Reset Detection

B : Brown out Reset Detection

C : Brown out Reset Debug

D : Board on Reset Detection

Q.no 19. What is the frequency of Clock used in RTC

A : 33 MHZ

B : 40 MHz

C : 32.786 MHz

D : 32 MHz

Q.no 20. How many banks are available in PIC 18F452

A : 12

B : 16

C : 10

D : 14

Q.no 21. What is STOP Condition in I2C

A : SDA High and SCL low


B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 22. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input

A : TRISA = 0XF0;

B : TRISA = 0X0F;

C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;

D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;

Q.no 23. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode

A : a register

B : a number

C : a pointer

D : an address

Q.no 24. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____

A : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data ROM

B : Program Memory, Data ROM, Data EEPROM

C : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

D : Program ROM, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

Q.no 25. Timer 1 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 26.   For PIC18F458 , what pins are assigned to INT0-INT2?

A : RA0,RA1 and RA2


B : RB5,RB6 and RB7

C : RC0,RC1 and RC2

D : RB1, RB2 and RB3

Q.no 27. PIC18F452 has power down modes as _____

A : idle and sleep

B : deep power down and idle

C : sleep and deep sleep

D : deep sleep and deep power down

Q.no 28. Timer 3 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 8-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 16-bit timer/counter

Q.no 29. SSPSR is

A : Directly read write

B : Not Directly read write

C : Read only

D : Write only

Q.no 30. DJNZ R0, label is ________ byte instruction.

A:2

B:3

C:1

D:4

Q.no 31. Circuit used for initialization of all values to default is named as

A : Power-On Reset Circuit


B : Brown Out Detection Circuit

C : Power ON/OFF circuit

D : WDT circuit

Q.no 32. What is count require to rotate the stepper motor in 90 degree if it
complete 1 revolution in 200 steps

A : 40

B : 50

C : 60

D : 70

Q.no 33. ECCP peropheral module of PIC 18F4550 has

A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM

B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power

C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM

D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM

Q.no 34. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?

A : PSW.5=0 and PSW.4=1

B : PSW.2=0 and PSW.3=1

C : PSW.3=0 and PSW.4=1

D : PSW.3=1 and PSW.4=1

Q.no 35. Speed of ADC depends on,

A : Resolution of ADC

B : Conversion Time

C : Number of bits

D : Step Size

Q.no 36. 8051 series has how many 16 bit registers?

A:1
B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 37. What are the Square wave frequencies if SQW/Out=1

A : 1 Hz, 4 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

B : 4 Hz, 1 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

C : 8 Hz, 1 KHz,4 KHz,32 KHz

D : 8 Hz, 32 KHz,4 KHz,1 KHz

Q.no 38. What is the maximum delay that can be generated with the crystal
frequency of 22MHz?

A : 2978.9 sec

B : 0.011 msec

C : 11.63 sec

D : 2.97 msec

Q.no 39. EEPROM Data Memory of PIC 18F4550 is

A : 128 Bytes

B : 256 Bytes

C : 1KByte

D : 128 Kbytes

Q.no 40. Capture/Compare mode uses

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 0 or Timer 3

C : Timer 0 and Timer 3

D : Timer 2

Q.no 41. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h


B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 42. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 43. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 44. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 45. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 46. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode
A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 47. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 48. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second

C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 49. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers


Q.no 50.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 51. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 52. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 53. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03
A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 54. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 55. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 56. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 57. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display

A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 58. By default LCD operates in


A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode

C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 59. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 60. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 1. Which Protocol is used by RTC and EPROM

A : I2C

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : SPI

D : I2C and SPI

Q.no 2. How cammand register is enabled in LCD

A : RS=0, Rw=1

B : RS=0, EN=0

C : RS=0,RW=0

D : RW=0

Q.no 3. Which pin provides a reset option in 8051?


A : pin1

B : pin4

C : pin9

D : pin20

Q.no 4. In unsigned number addition, the status of which bit is important?

A : OV

B : PSW

C : AC

D : CY

Q.no 5. BNZ n : Instruction of PIC 18F452

A : Branch if Z flag = 1

B : Branch if Z flag = 0

C : Branch if Z Accumulator is 0

D : None of the above

Q.no 6. What is the mode of Communication in RS232

A : Aynchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Synchronous

D : Isochornous

Q.no 7. What is the name of first block of logic analyser

A : Adjustable threshold Amplifier

B : Adjustable threshold Inverter

C : Adjustable threshold comparator

D : Threshold analyser

Q.no 8. WDT stands for ________


A : Watch Down Timer

B : Watch Dog Timer

C : Width Delay Timer

D : Watch Delay Timer

Q.no 9. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor

A : higher, lower

B : lower, higher

C : higher,higher

D : none of the above

Q.no 10. The total addressible external code memory of 8051 is

A : 64 KB

B : 16KB

C : 128KB

D : 256KB

Q.no 11. PIC18 uses _____ Timer for PWM

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 1

C : Timer 2

D : Timer 3

Q.no 12. Instruction set of PIC18F452 has _________instructions

A : 33

B : 35

C : 40

D : 75

Q.no 13. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7
A : 00-2F

B : 00-0F

C : 00-7F

D : 00-07

Q.no 14. PIC 18f452 Miceocontroller has ______

A : High performance RISC CPU

B : High performance CISC CPU

C : Combination of both RISC and CISC CPU

D : Advanced RISC CPU

Q.no 15. What is the difference between UART and USART communication?

A : Synchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Asynchronous

D : Isochornous

Q.no 16. PIC18F452 has power down modes :

A : sleep, idle

B : sleep, deep sleep

C : idle, deep sleep

D : deep sleep, deep power down

Q.no 17. Which are the registers associated with LCD

A : INTR

B : Data

C : Data and Command

D : BUFFER

Q.no 18. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation
A:0

B:1

C:F

D:7

Q.no 19. Control lines used in LCD

A : EN, RW,RS

B : EN, INTR, RW

C : RS, RW, IE

D : EN and RW

Q.no 20. PORT names of PIC18F452 are

A : 0,1

B : 0,1,2,3,4

C : A,B,C,D,E

D : A,B,C

Q.no 21. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC

A : Look up table

B : Bubble sort

C : Initilaisation

D : Rotation

Q.no 22. DAS system having important block

A : Adder

B : Shift Register

C : ADC

D : Counter

Q.no 23. Which register is used to check the flags in PIC


A : PIR1

B : IPR

C : PIR2

D : INTCON2

Q.no 24. What is the data rate used by I2C

A : 2.5 Mbits

B : 2 Mbits

C : 250 kbits

D : 1 Mbits

Q.no 25. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used

A : D7-D1

B : D7-D0

C : D3-D0

D : D7-D4

Q.no 26. The instruction RESET in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Resets the Microcontroller

B : Resets all the registers and flags

C : Resets all the flags

D : Resets all the registers

Q.no 27. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them

A : RB0-RB7

B : RB0-RB3

C : RB4-RB7

D : PORTB pins cannot cause interrupt

Q.no 28. In LCD,_____ command is used For Cursor blink


A : 0X0F

B : 0X08

C : 0x04

D : 0X0E

Q.no 29. Timer 2 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 30. The following instruction will make


TRISB = 0x00;
LATB = 0xFF;

A : Port B as input and port B bits as 1

B : Port B as output and Port B bits as 1

C : Port B as input and port B bits as 0

D : Port B as output and port B bits as 0

Q.no 31. The PWM period will be set in ____ Register

A : CCPCON

B : CCPR1L

C : PR2

D : T2CON

Q.no 32. A relay is used to

A : Break the fault current

B : Sense the fault

C : Sense the fault and direct to trip the circuit breaker

D : Close the operation


Q.no 33. What is the role of LED

A : Status indication

B : Display of Char

C : Display of Number

D : Display of Text

Q.no 34. What is Significance of mov p0, #0FFH

A : Port P0 is configured as Tristate

B : Port p1 Configured as Output

C : Port P0 is configured as output

D : Port P0 is configured as Input

Q.no 35. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.

A : 8 byte, on-chip 128 byte RAM

B : 8 bit, on chip 256 byte RAM.

C : 16 bit, on-chip 128 byte ROM

D : 8 bit, on chip 128 byte RAM.

Q.no 36. What is the status of bit for Right justified result

A : ADFM=0

B : ADFM=xx

C : ADFM= 1

D : ADFM=00

Q.no 37. T0CON Register of Timer is __________

A : TIMER0 CONTINUOUS REGISTER

B : TIMER0 CONSTANT REGISTER

C : TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER

D : TIMER0 CONFIG. REGISTER


Q.no 38. What is the maximum value of PR2 register

A : 100

B : 149

C : 200

D : 255

Q.no 39. What is the maximum data rate of RS232

A : 20Kbps

B : 21 Mbps

C : 4kbps

D : 19.2 kbps

Q.no 40. How many bytes of bit addressable memory is present in 8051 based
microcontrollers?

A : 8 bytes

B : 16 bytes

C : 32bytes

D : 128 bytes

Q.no 41. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1

D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 42. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H


Q.no 43. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 44. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 45. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15

D : 10

Q.no 46. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software
C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 47. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 48. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 49.

A : Yes

B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 50. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s

C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

Q.no 51. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :


A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 52. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 53. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register

C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 54. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 55. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 56. CONFIG2L is used for


A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer

D : Reset voltage

Q.no 57. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 58. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 59. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 60. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 1. Each instruction has two parts __________


A : Opcode and Register

B : Opcode and Operand

C : Operand and Register

D : Opcode and Pointer value

Q.no 2. What is Significance of EA pin

A : Repreaentes Internalmemory access

B : Repreaentes external memory access

C : Repreaentes SFR memory access

D : Repreaentes Program memory access

Q.no 3. How many number of data can be transmitted between starts stop
condition in I2c

A : N+1

B:N

C : N-1

D : N+2

Q.no 4. How many port lines are required to interface DAC 0808 with
microcontroller

A:2

B:4

C:8

D : 12

Q.no 5. Which of the ports act as the 16 bit address lines for transferring data
through it?

A : PORT 0 and PORT 1

B : PORT 0 and PORT 2

C : PORT 1 and PORT 2

D : PORT 1 and PORT 3


Q.no 6. How many lines are used by SPI protocol

A:2

B:3

C:4

D:1

Q.no 7. DAS system multiple i/p are acess using

A : DEMUX

B : MUX

C : DEMUX and MUX both

D : Decoder

Q.no 8. The SFRs associated with interrupts are

A : INTCON,IPR

B : PIR

C : TCON,RCON

D : TCON

Q.no 9. what is PIC

A : Peripheral interrupt Controller,

B : Peripheral Interface Controller,

C : Programmable interface Controller,

D : Port interface Controller

Q.no 10. The speed of the DC motor depends on

A : Voltage and current

B : Voltage and Load

C : Voltage, Current and Load

D : None of the above


Q.no 11. The E pin requires an ___ pulse to latch infromation at the data pins of
the LCD

A : H - to - L

B : L - to - H

C : always H

D : always L

Q.no 12. What is the significance of "d=0" bit in ADDWF F D a

A : Undefined

B : Result saved in F

C : Results saved in F and W

D : Ressult Saaved in W

Q.no 13. Which registers are used to check the status of receiver and transmitter
in UART

A : RCSTA and TXSTA

B : TXSTA only

C : RCSTA only

D : TXSTA and RCSTA

Q.no 14. PIC18F542 has ____program counter

A : 8-bit

B : 16-bit

C : 20-bit

D : 21-bit

Q.no 15. What is the function of the SCON register?

A : To control SBUF and SMOD registers

B : To program the start bit, stop bit, and data bits of framing

C : To control SMOD registers


D : To set baud rate

Q.no 16. FLASH Program Memory of PIC18F452 is _______

A : 128K

B : 64K

C : 32K

D : 16K

Q.no 17. What is the use of ADCON1 register in PIC 4550

A : Select refernce Voltage

B : Select Channel

C : Slect Clock

D : Chaanel and Clock

Q.no 18. TF1, TR1, TF0, TR0 bits are of which register?

A : TCON

B : SCON

C : TMOD

D : SMOD

Q.no 19. Main block of frequency counter other than 8051 is

A : adder

B : subtrcter

C : memory

D : counter

Q.no 20. RESET uses ________ Machine cycles.

A:2

B:3

C:4
D:1

Q.no 21. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?

A : 1.085 micro seconds

B : 0.75 micro seconds

C : 0.60 micro seconds

D : 1 micro seconds

Q.no 22. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____

A : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data ROM

B : Program Memory, Data ROM, Data EEPROM

C : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

D : Program ROM, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

Q.no 23. Speed of ADC depends on,

A : Resolution of ADC

B : Conversion Time

C : Number of bits

D : Step Size

Q.no 24. What the function set register in LCD represents

A : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern

B : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, blibking

C : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shiftblibking

D : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shift

Q.no 25. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation

A : 1.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

B : 0.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

C : 0.1 microfarad and 20Kohms


D : 1.5 microfarad and 20Kohms

Q.no 26. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?

A : 1.10001E7

B : 1.1110011E7

C : 1.111E7

D : 1.1110001E7

Q.no 27. Which regidter is used by MSSP-SPI bus oto selsct the clock Frequency

A : SSPCON1

B : SSPSTAT

C : SSPCON1 and SSPSTAT

D : SSPBUF

Q.no 28. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set

A : IE

B : RI

C : TI

D : RI,TI

Q.no 29. Interrupts are used bt port

A : PORTD

B : PORTC

C : PORT A

D : Port B

Q.no 30. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input

A : TRISA = 0XF0;

B : TRISA = 0X0F;
C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;

D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;

Q.no 31. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7

A:2

B:4

C:1

D:3

Q.no 32. ECCP peropheral module of PIC 18F4550 has

A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM

B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power

C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM

D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM

Q.no 33. USART means :

A : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Register Transmit

B : Univeral Synchrnous Asymmatric Receive Transmit

C : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Receive Transmit

D : Univeral Serial Asynchronous Receive Transmit

Q.no 34. What is the important signal requerd for functioning of ADC

A : PSEN

B : EA

C : clock

D : address

Q.no 35. What is the vector address for TF0 flag

A : 0x0003h

B : 0x000Bh
C : 0x0023h

D : 0x0013h

Q.no 36. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?

A : High-level language Compiler

B : Assembler

C : Debugger

D : Editor

Q.no 37. Find value of PR2 for Fosc=20MHz, N=4 and period of wave is 200
microsecond

A : 250

B : 249

C : 255

D : 149

Q.no 38. Which register is used to make the pulse a level or an edge triggered
pulse?

A : TCON

B : IE

C : IPR

D : SCON

Q.no 39. If a hybrid stepper motor has a rotor pitch of 36º and a step angle of 9º,
the number of its phases must be

A:4

B:2

C:3

D:6

Q.no 40. How many data lines are essential in addition to RS , EN and RW control
lines for interfacing LCD with PIC microcontroller?
A:3

B:5

C:8

D : 10

Q.no 41. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 42.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0

B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1

D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0

Q.no 43. What is use of Bit D7 In LCD

A : Busy flag

B : Status flag

C : Driver flag

D : mode flag

Q.no 44. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines
D : Port E lines

Q.no 45. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3

D : TIMER4

Q.no 46. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 47. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 48. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode

C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 49. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67

C : 3A,22
D : 69,1C

Q.no 50. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers

Q.no 51. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 52.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine
Q.no 53. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 54. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 55. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH

D : 0xFEH

Q.no 56. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 57. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H
D : none of the above

Q.no 58. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129

C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 59. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 60. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 1.    ____ bit makes the job of Enabling/ disabling all the interrupts

A : GIE

B : PEIE

C : IE

D : INTIE

Q.no 2. PIC18F452 has total _____ pins .

A : 40

B : 20

C : 16
D:8

Q.no 3. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______

A :  H to L transitions

B : L to H transitions

C : logic high

D : logic low

Q.no 4. PIC18F 4552 has MSSP (_____________)module.

A : Master Synchronous Serial Peripheral

B : Master Synchronous slave Port

C : Master Synchronous Serial Port

D : Master Slave Serial Port

Q.no 5. What is role of ALE in ADC

A : Data latch

B : Address latch

C : Signal latch

D : control latch

Q.no 6. Which registers of bank are used for indirect adressing

A : R1, R2

B : R0,R1

C : R3,R0

D : R0,R2

Q.no 7. What is the start lineaddress of 16x2 LCD

A : FFH

B : C0H

C : 80H
D : 90H

Q.no 8. How many Channels are available in PIC 18F452

A : 10

B : 11

C : 12

D:8

Q.no 9. BNZ n : Instruction of PIC 18F452

A : Branch if Z flag = 1

B : Branch if Z flag = 0

C : Branch if Z Accumulator is 0

D : None of the above

Q.no 10. What is the principle on which electromagnetic relays operate?

A : Electromagnetic induction

B : Motor control

C : Switching

D : Breaker

Q.no 11. In Common Cathode mode of LED, all LEDs are Connected to

A : Vcc

B : GND

C : VCC and GND

D : VDD

Q.no 12. How will you configure the port as output in PIC

A : LATx=0x00h

B : PORT=0xFFH

C : TRISx=0x00h
D : TRISx=0xFFH

Q.no 13. Which of the following signal control the flow of data?

A : DTR

B : RTS & DTR

C : RTS and CTS

D : CTS

Q.no 14.     ____ register is used to read input from the port

A : TRIS

B : LAT

C : READ

D : PORT

Q.no 15. LM35 has how many pins?

A:2

B:1

C:3

D:5

Q.no 16. In SPI Data is Shifted in and Out using

A : MOSI and MISO

B : only MISO

C : MISO and MOSI

D : Only MOSI

Q.no 17. Which component is replaced by an in-circuit emulator on the


development board for testing purposes?

A : RAM

B : I/O Ports

C : Peripharals
D : Micro-controller IC

Q.no 18. In MSSP I2C bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines

B : Port B lines

C : Port D lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 19. The low Priority interrupt vector has address of

A : 0000h

B : 001Bh

C : 000008h

D : 000018h

Q.no 20. Whay is the role of key , it is

A : Used for status indication

B : Used for display

C : Used for graphics

D : used for control action

Q.no 21. What is he maximum bus length of I2C

A : 4mtrs

B : 6 mtrs

C : 5 mtrs

D : 1 mtrs

Q.no 22. A relay is used to

A : Break the fault current

B : Sense the fault

C : Sense the fault and direct to trip the circuit breaker


D : Close the operation

Q.no 23. The operation of the oscillator in PIC18F4550 is controlled through two
Configuration registers as ________

A : OSCCONFIG1 and OSCCONFIG2

B : CONFIG2 and CONFIG2

C : CONFIG1L and CONFIG1H

D : None of the above

Q.no 24. What is STOP Condition in I2C

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 25. EEPROM Data Memory of PIC 18F4550 is

A : 128 Bytes

B : 256 Bytes

C : 1KByte

D : 128 Kbytes

Q.no 26. What is the role of LED

A : Status indication

B : Display of Char

C : Display of Number

D : Display of Text

Q.no 27. Capture/Compare mode uses

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 0 or Timer 3

C : Timer 0 and Timer 3


D : Timer 2

Q.no 28. The _____ pins of PORTB can cause an interrupt when any changes are
detected on any one of them

A : RB0-RB7

B : RB0-RB3

C : RB4-RB7

D : PORTB pins cannot cause interrupt

Q.no 29. What is the status of BRGH register for low Speed

A : BRGH=1

B : BRGH= undefined

C : BRGH = 0and 1

D : BRGH=0

Q.no 30. PIR sensor O/P is in __form

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Analog and digital

D : Descrite

Q.no 31. input DAC has ________

A : 8 discrete voltage levels

B : 64 discrete voltage levels

C : 256 discrete voltage levels

D : 124 discrete voltage levels

Q.no 32. All the Timer module Registers of PIC 18F 4550 are

A : 64 bit

B : 16 bit

C : 32 bit
D : 8 bit

Q.no 33. PIC18F452 has power down modes as _____

A : idle and sleep

B : deep power down and idle

C : sleep and deep sleep

D : deep sleep and deep power down

Q.no 34. SSPADD register in MSSP I2C is used

A : To hold master address

B : To hold master and slave address

C : To hold slave address

D : To hold Slave and Master Address

Q.no 35. Logic analyser is used for testing of _________ Signals

A : Analog

B : Digital

C : Digital and Logic

D : descrite

Q.no 36. In Capture mode RC2 is configured as

A : Input

B : output

C : tristate

D : input and output

Q.no 37. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be

A : driven high

B : driven low

C : toggled
D : all the above

Q.no 38. What is the memory used by AT24C04 EEPROM

A : 2048 bits

B : 4096 bits

C : 1024 bits

D : 512 bits

Q.no 39. How many are the vectored interrupts in 8051

A:3

B:6

C:4

D:5

Q.no 40. PIC18F452 device can be operated in ____ oscillator Configuration modes.

A : 10

B : 12

C : 14

D : 16

Q.no 41. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 42. If PR2 = 50, for 20% duty cycle the value loaded in CCPR1L is

A : 20

B : 50

C : 15
D : 10

Q.no 43. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36

B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 44. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 45. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 46. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 47. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes
D : 1 byte

Q.no 48. What is the meaning of the instruction MOV A,05H?

A : data 05H is stored in the accumulator

B : fifth bit of accumulator is set to one

C : address 05H is stored in the accumulator

D : byte 05H is stored in the accumulator

Q.no 49. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display

A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder

D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 50. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 51. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 52. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 53. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 54. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 55. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register

C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 56. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON
C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 57. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2

Q.no 58. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 59. CONFIG2L is used for

A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer

D : Reset voltage

Q.no 60. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero

C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 1. What is the significance of "d=0" bit in ADDWF F D a

A : Undefined

B : Result saved in F
C : Results saved in F and W

D : Ressult Saaved in W

Q.no 2. Control lines used in LCD

A : EN, RW,RS

B : EN, INTR, RW

C : RS, RW, IE

D : EN and RW

Q.no 3. CCP feature in PIC18 is

A : Control, capture, Pulse width Modulation

B : Capture, Compare, Pulse Width Modulation

C : Compare, Control, pulse generator

D : Capture, Control, Pulse generator

Q.no 4. In reading the columns of a matrix, if no key is pressed we should get all
in binary notation

A:0

B:1

C:F

D:7

Q.no 5. What is the resolution of ADC used in PIC 18F4550

A : 10 bits

B : 12 bits

C : 11 bits

D : 8 bits

Q.no 6. what is PIC

A : Peripheral interrupt Controller,

B : Peripheral Interface Controller,


C : Programmable interface Controller,

D : Port interface Controller

Q.no 7. What is Significance of EA pin

A : Repreaentes Internalmemory access

B : Repreaentes external memory access

C : Repreaentes SFR memory access

D : Repreaentes Program memory access

Q.no 8. Flag 'N' in Status register of PIC18F452 denotes

A : Zero Flag

B : Negative Flag

C : Overflow Flag

D : Carry Flag

Q.no 9. Seven Segmant display is used to display

A : Only Graphics

B : Only numbers

C : Text and Numbers

D : only text

Q.no 10. What are optoisolators

A : Driver

B : Isolater

C : Latch

D : Buffer

Q.no 11. If we say microcontroller is 8-bit then here 8-bit denotes size of

A : Data Bus

B : ALU
C : Control Bus

D : Address Bus

Q.no 12. PIC 18f452 Microcontroller has _____ Timer modules

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 13. Which Protocol is used by RTC and EPROM

A : I2C

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : SPI

D : I2C and SPI

Q.no 14. The total addressible external code memory of 8051 is

A : 64 KB

B : 16KB

C : 128KB

D : 256KB

Q.no 15. In DC motor, ____the duty cycle of PWM signal, ______ is the speed of DC
motor

A : higher, lower

B : lower, higher

C : higher,higher

D : none of the above

Q.no 16. Which Line Carries the Data in I2C protocol

A : DTR

B : DTS
C : SCL

D : SDA

Q.no 17. Main block of frequency counter other than 8051 is

A : adder

B : subtrcter

C : memory

D : counter

Q.no 18. PIC18 uses _____ Timer for PWM

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 1

C : Timer 2

D : Timer 3

Q.no 19. What is the use of ADCON1 register in PIC 4550

A : Select refernce Voltage

B : Select Channel

C : Slect Clock

D : Chaanel and Clock

Q.no 20. What is the function of the SCON register?

A : To control SBUF and SMOD registers

B : To program the start bit, stop bit, and data bits of framing

C : To control SMOD registers

D : To set baud rate

Q.no 21. Which is not Stepper motor specification

A : Steps/revolution

B : Torque
C : Current rating

D : Pressure

Q.no 22. Which instruction enables INT1

A : BSF INTCON3, INT1IE

B : BSF INTCON2, INT1IE

C : BSF INTCON1, INT1IE

D : BCF INTCON2, INT1IE

Q.no 23. How long the the RS232 transmitt data

A : 5 feet

B : 25 feet

C : 10 feet

D : 2 mtrs

Q.no 24. The SP is of ___ wide register. And this may be defined anywhere in the
______.

A : 8 byte, on-chip 128 byte RAM

B : 8 bit, on chip 256 byte RAM.

C : 16 bit, on-chip 128 byte ROM

D : 8 bit, on chip 128 byte RAM.

Q.no 25. 8051 series has how many 16 bit registers?

A:1

B:2

C:3

D:4

Q.no 26. What is program memory size of PIC

A : 2K

B : 8k
C : 2MB

D : 64KB

Q.no 27. MSSP is used by

A : Rs232 and RS485

B : SPI and RS232protocol

C : I2C and RS232protocol

D : I2C and SPI protocol

Q.no 28. What is the data rate used by I2C

A : 2.5 Mbits

B : 2 Mbits

C : 250 kbits

D : 1 Mbits

Q.no 29. What is the Ammount of Non volatile RAM in RTC

A : 25 bytes

B : 30 bytes

C : 58 bytes

D : 56 bytes

Q.no 30. ECCP peropheral module of PIC 18F4550 has

A : Enhanced Capture/Control/PWM

B : Enhanced Capture/Compare/Power

C : Enhanced Control/Compare/PWM

D : Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM

Q.no 31. If PR2 = 150 and duty cycle is 20%, the value to be loaded in DC1B2:DC1B1
is

A:0

B:1
C : 10

D : 11

Q.no 32. What is the max ref current of DAC 0808

A : 1.5mA

B : 2 mA

C : 3 mA

D : 1 mA

Q.no 33. What the function set register in LCD represents

A : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern

B : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, blibking

C : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shiftblibking

D : Mode, no. of lines , dot pattern, L to R shift

Q.no 34. RS 485 uses principle of

A : Single drop

B : Multiplexing

C : Multidrop

D : single and multi drop

Q.no 35. The PWM period will be set in ____ Register

A : CCPCON

B : CCPR1L

C : PR2

D : T2CON

Q.no 36. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode

A : a register

B : a number
C : a pointer

D : an address

Q.no 37. What is the value of C and R used for reset operation

A : 1.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

B : 0.5 microfarad and 10Kohms

C : 0.1 microfarad and 20Kohms

D : 1.5 microfarad and 20Kohms

Q.no 38. What are the Square wave frequencies if SQW/Out=1

A : 1 Hz, 4 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

B : 4 Hz, 1 KHz,8 KHz,32 KHz

C : 8 Hz, 1 KHz,4 KHz,32 KHz

D : 8 Hz, 32 KHz,4 KHz,1 KHz

Q.no 39. If 41 ASCII code is transferred to LCD , Which letter is Displayed

A:B

B:A

C:a

D:b

Q.no 40. PIC 18F4550 has ____ External Interrupts

A : Five

B : Four

C : Six

D : Two

Q.no 41. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second


C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 42. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 43. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 44. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4

D : 512x8

Q.no 45. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 46. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129
C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 47.

A : Sowtooth

B : Square

C : Ramp

D : Sine

Q.no 48. How may steps are required to rotate stepper motor 90 degree clokwise if
step anle is 1.8 degree

A : 90

B : 32

C : 60

D : 50

Q.no 49. What is the value to be loadeed in THx and TLx for for delay of 1msec
using mode0

A : 55,2A

B : 1C,67
C : 3A,22

D : 69,1C

Q.no 50. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 51. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1

D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 52. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode

C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 53. The instruction SLEEP in PIC 18F4550 :

A : Keeps Oscillator for peripherals OFF

B : Keeps Microcontroller in standby mode

C : Resets all the registers

D : Set all registers

Q.no 54. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0


C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 55. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 56. What is the sequence of LCD codes with their associated functions,
function Set, no blinking, Curser shift from left to right, clear screen

A : 38h,0Eh,06h,01h

B : 38h,0Fh,06h,10h

C : 3Eh,0Eh,06h,01h

D : 38h,0Eh,08h,01h

Q.no 57. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 58. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 59. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC
A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 60.

A : Yes

B : No

C : Undefined

D : Can not determine

Q.no 1. LM35 has how many pins?

A:2

B:1

C:3

D:5

Q.no 2. WDT stands for ________

A : Watch Down Timer

B : Watch Dog Timer

C : Width Delay Timer

D : Watch Delay Timer

Q.no 3.   The number of ports in PIC18F458 are

A :    4

B:5

C:6
D:8

Q.no 4. Instruction set of PIC18F452 has _________instructions

A : 33

B : 35

C : 40

D : 75

Q.no 5. Timer 0 is a ________ bit register.

A : 4 bit

B : 8 bit

C : 11 bit

D : 16 bit

Q.no 6. In 4-bit mode LCD, the data lines used are

A : D7-D0

B : D3-D0

C : D4-D1

D : D7-D4

Q.no 7. Which Circuit is used at the output of DAC to get analog signal

A : Buffer circuit

B : I- V Convertor

C : V-I Convertor

D : V-F Convertor

Q.no 8. ADDWFC, SUBWF are

A : Arithmatic Instructions

B : Move and Load instructions

C : Branch instructions
D : Logical instructions

Q.no 9. On power up, the 8051 uses which RAM locations for register R0- R7

A : 00-2F

B : 00-0F

C : 00-7F

D : 00-07

Q.no 10. Which pin provides a reset option in 8051?

A : pin1

B : pin4

C : pin9

D : pin20

Q.no 11. What is the difference between UART and USART communication?

A : Synchronous

B : Synchronous and Asynchronous

C : Asynchronous

D : Isochornous

Q.no 12. Which register is used in ADC for Converstion

A : Data

B : Command

C : R -2R ladder

D : SAR

Q.no 13. How will you configure the port as output in PIC

A : LATx=0x00h

B : PORT=0xFFH

C : TRISx=0x00h
D : TRISx=0xFFH

Q.no 14. What is the command of LCD used to clear the content

A : 01H

B : 06H

C : 38H

D : OFEH

Q.no 15. What is Significance of WCOL bit in SSPCON1 register

A : Write Collision Detect bit

B : Read Collision Detect bit

C : Read and write Collision bit

D : Write and read Collision detect bit

Q.no 16. How many Channels are available in PIC 18F452

A : 10

B : 11

C : 12

D:8

Q.no 17. Which component is replaced by an in-circuit emulator on the


development board for testing purposes?

A : RAM

B : I/O Ports

C : Peripharals

D : Micro-controller IC

Q.no 18. A stepper motor may be considered as a ____________ converter

A : Dc to dc

B : Ac to ac

C : Dc to ac
D : Digital-to-analogue

Q.no 19. The display operations in LCD are undertaken on EN line with ______

A :  H to L transitions

B : L to H transitions

C : logic high

D : logic low

Q.no 20. What is the time duration of key debounce circuit for open or closure
with frequency of 50Hz

A : 30 msec

B : 25 msec

C : 40 msec

D : 20 msec

Q.no 21. USART means :

A : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Register Transmit

B : Univeral Synchrnous Asymmatric Receive Transmit

C : Univeral Synchrnous Asynchronous Receive Transmit

D : Univeral Serial Asynchronous Receive Transmit

Q.no 22. Three types of memory in PIC18 enhanced microcontroller are _____

A : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data ROM

B : Program Memory, Data ROM, Data EEPROM

C : Program Memory, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

D : Program ROM, Data RAM, Data EEPROM

Q.no 23. Serial port interrupt is generated, if ____ bits are set

A : IE

B : RI

C : TI
D : RI,TI

Q.no 24. T0CON Register of Timer is __________

A : TIMER0 CONTINUOUS REGISTER

B : TIMER0 CONSTANT REGISTER

C : TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER

D : TIMER0 CONFIG. REGISTER

Q.no 25. In compare mode, when a match occurs, the CCPx pin can be

A : driven high

B : driven low

C : toggled

D : all the above

Q.no 26. What are the contents of the IE register, when the interrupt of the
memory location 0x00 is caused?

A : 0x00H

B : 0xFFH

C : 0x10H

D : 0xF0H

Q.no 27. Which Methode is used to generate sine wave using DAC

A : Look up table

B : Bubble sort

C : Initilaisation

D : Rotation

Q.no 28. What is Role of RS pin in LCD

A : Select data and Command Register

B : Select Address and Command Register

C : Select Address and Data Register


D : Select Address and Command Register with flag

Q.no 29. What is the file extension that is loaded in a microcontroller for
executing any instruction?

A : .hex

B : .c

C : .txt

D : .doc

Q.no 30. In 4 bit mode of LCD Which Data lines are used

A : D7-D1

B : D7-D0

C : D3-D0

D : D7-D4

Q.no 31. Timer 2 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 32. What is the maximum value of PR2 register

A : 100

B : 149

C : 200

D : 255

Q.no 33. Timer 1 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______

A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 16-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register


D : 8-bit timer/counter

Q.no 34. Name of Addressing Modes in PIC18F4550 are ______

A : Immediate, Register and Indirect

B : Immediate, Direct and Offset

C : Immediate, Direct and Index

D : Immediate, Direct and Indirect

Q.no 35. Operating Frequency of PIC 18F452 is

A : Dc-20 MHz

B : Dc-48MHz

C : Dc-40 MHz

D : Dc-60 MHz

Q.no 36. _____ instruction is used to set the port A upper nibble as input

A : TRISA = 0XF0;

B : TRISA = 0X0F;

C : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 1;

D : TRISAbits.TRISA0 = 0;

Q.no 37. The speed of the DC motor can be varied by

A : Changing the width of the pulse applied to DC motor

B : Changing the voltage applied to the motor

C : Changing Current

D : Changing Power

Q.no 38. What is the data rate of SPI

A : 2 Mbits/s

B : 1 Mbits/s

C : 3 Mbits/s
D : 5 Mbits/s

Q.no 39. EEPROM Data Memory of PIC 18F4550 is

A : 128 Bytes

B : 256 Bytes

C : 1KByte

D : 128 Kbytes

Q.no 40. Which register is used to check the flags in PIC

A : PIR1

B : IPR

C : PIR2

D : INTCON2

Q.no 41. CONFIG2L is used for

A : Frequency Selection

B : Background debugger

C : Watch dog timer

D : Reset voltage

Q.no 42. What is the count to be loaded for BCD and Hex Counter

A : 0Fh and 09h

B : 09H and 0FH

C : 08 and 0EH

D : 09 and 0F

Q.no 43. Which timer is used in PWM mode

A : Timer1

B : TIMER2

C : TIMER3
D : TIMER4

Q.no 44. What is data transmission speeed of RS 485 for 10 mtrs and 1200mtrs

A : 10Mbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

B : 35Mbits/s and 100 Kbits/s

C : 100Kbits/s and 25 Mbits/s

D : 100 kbits/s and 35 Mbits/s

Q.no 45. In T1CON register , BIT 0 is _____and BIT1 is _______

A : T1CKPS1,T1CKPS0

B : TMR1CS,TMR1ON

C : T1CKPS0,T1CKPS1

D : TMR1ON,TMR1CS

Q.no 46. What is the Address (SFR) for TCON, SCON, SBUF, PCON and PSW

A : 88H, 98H, 99H, 87H, 0D0H

B : 98H, 99H, 87H, 88H, 0D0H

C : 0D0H, 87H, 88H, 99H, 98H

D : 87H, 88H, 0D0H, 98H, 99H

Q.no 47. "INTCONbits.TMR0IF = 0" statement for PIC 18F4550 :

A : Clears Timer0 overflow flag

B : Clear Timer0 Interrupt enable flag

C : Clear Timer0

D : Overflow detect

Q.no 48. What is the value to be loaded in TH1 for baud rate of 4800 with SMOD=0

A : 0xFCH

B : 0xFAH

C : 0xFBH
D : 0xFEH

Q.no 49. What is the difference between LM 34 and LM 35 sensors

A : one is a sensor and the other is a transducer

B : one is of low precision and the other is of higher precision

C : one’s output voltage corresponds to the Fahrenheit temperature and the other
corresponds to the Celsius temperature

D : one requires external calibration and the other doesn’t require it

Q.no 50. LCALL instruction takes

A : 2 bytes

B : 4 bytes

C : 3 bytes

D : 1 byte

Q.no 51. What is role of CCPXCON register

A : Mode Set and duty cycle

B : Set mode and interrupt

C : only for Mode set

D : only Duty cycle Set

Q.no 52.

A : CY=0,AC=0,P=0

B : CY=0,AC=1,P=0

C : CY=1,AC=1,P=1

D : CY=1,AC=1,P=0

Q.no 53. Logic Analyser has number of maximum channels

A : 36
B : 136

C : 248

D : 120

Q.no 54. Which instruction is used to check the status of a single bit?

A : MOV A,P0

B : ADD A,05H

C : JNB P0.0, label

D : CLR P0.05H

Q.no 55. How the offset level in DAC is adjusted using

A : Hardware only

B : hardware or software

C : Software only

D : Iref only

Q.no 56. The instruction "MOVLW 8- bits" of PIC18F4550 signifies :

A : Load an 8 bit address into WREG

B : Load an 8 bit literal into WREG

C : Move an 8 bit literal into WREG

D : Move an 8 bit literal into any register

Q.no 57. TMR0H and TMR0L registers of PIC 18F4550 are used ____

A : to control On and OFF of TIMER0

B : to set bits of Timer Control Register

C : to store the Hex values to generate delay of specific time

D : to initialize the Timer settings

Q.no 58. In MSSP SPI bus data is Send out by and taken in By using

A : Port C lines
B : Port D lines

C : Port B lines

D : Port E lines

Q.no 59. Why do we need a ULN2803 in driving a relay?

A : For switching a motor

B : For increasing the power

C : For increasing the current limit in the relays

D : For decreasing the current limit in the relays

Q.no 60. SPI Is

A : 3 wire , half duplex, symchrous data transfer bus

B : 3 wire , Full duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

C : 3 wire , half duplex, Asymchrous data transfer bus

D : 3 wire , Full fuplex, symchrous data transfer bus

Q.no 1. BOD' stands for

A : Brown OR Reset Detection

B : Brown out Reset Detection

C : Brown out Reset Debug

D : Board on Reset Detection

Q.no 2. Whay is the role of key , it is

A : Used for status indication

B : Used for display

C : Used for graphics

D : used for control action

Q.no 3. Which Line Carries the Data in I2C protocol

A : DTR
B : DTS

C : SCL

D : SDA

Q.no 4. _____ register is used to set the direction of the port

A : LAT

B : PORT

C : TRIS

D : DIR

Q.no 5. How many Control lines are used by LCD

A:3

B:5

C:2

D:1

Q.no 6. What is MSSP

A : Master Synchronous serial port

B : Master serial port

C : Master serial Asynchronous port

D : Master serial Synchronous port

Q.no 7. Control lines used in LCD

A : EN, RW,RS

B : EN, INTR, RW

C : RS, RW, IE

D : EN and RW

Q.no 8. How many SFRS are available in 8051

A : 20
B:8

C : 21

D : 34

Q.no 9. upon reset all the interrupts in PIC18 are

A : Enabled

B : Disabled

C : Undefined

D : Initialized to some value

Q.no 10. Which registers of bank are used for indirect adressing

A : R1, R2

B : R0,R1

C : R3,R0

D : R0,R2

Q.no 11. Optoisolator protect the 8051 from

A : freuency

B : Current

C : EMI

D : voltage

Q.no 12. Each instruction has two parts __________

A : Opcode and Register

B : Opcode and Operand

C : Operand and Register

D : Opcode and Pointer value

Q.no 13. The group of memory locations set aside to hold the address of ISRs is
called as

A : Interrupt
B : Interrupt vector table

C : Interrupt service routine

D : Polling

Q.no 14. What is the use of ADCON1 register in PIC 4550

A : Select refernce Voltage

B : Select Channel

C : Slect Clock

D : Chaanel and Clock

Q.no 15. PIC18 uses _____ Timer for PWM

A : Timer 0

B : Timer 1

C : Timer 2

D : Timer 3

Q.no 16. Which devices are specifically being used for converting serial to parallel
and from parallel to serial respectively?

A : Registers

B : Counters

C : Timers

D : Serial communication

Q.no 17. PIC18F542 has ____program counter

A : 8-bit

B : 16-bit

C : 20-bit

D : 21-bit

Q.no 18. How cammand register is enabled in LCD

A : RS=0, Rw=1
B : RS=0, EN=0

C : RS=0,RW=0

D : RW=0

Q.no 19. How many banks are available in PIC 18F452

A : 12

B : 16

C : 10

D : 14

Q.no 20. PORT names of PIC18F452 are

A : 0,1

B : 0,1,2,3,4

C : A,B,C,D,E

D : A,B,C

Q.no 21. How are the bits of the register PSW affected if we select Bank2 of 8051?

A : PSW.5=0 and PSW.4=1

B : PSW.2=0 and PSW.3=1

C : PSW.3=0 and PSW.4=1

D : PSW.3=1 and PSW.4=1

Q.no 22. Which instruction enables INT1

A : BSF INTCON3, INT1IE

B : BSF INTCON2, INT1IE

C : BSF INTCON1, INT1IE

D : BCF INTCON2, INT1IE

Q.no 23. Which of the following is the logic level understood by the micro-
controller/micro-processor?

A : TTL logic level


B : RS232 logic level

C : TTL & RS232 logic level

D : RS 485

Q.no 24.   For PIC18F458 , what pins are assigned to INT0-INT2?

A : RA0,RA1 and RA2

B : RB5,RB6 and RB7

C : RC0,RC1 and RC2

D : RB1, RB2 and RB3

Q.no 25. SSPADD register in MSSP I2C is used

A : To hold master address

B : To hold master and slave address

C : To hold slave address

D : To hold Slave and Master Address

Q.no 26. What value of 'B' should be loaded in the TRISB register if the lines RB7 :
RB4 and RB3:RB0 are supposed to be inputs and outputs respectively after the
PORT B initialization?

A : 1.10001E7

B : 1.1110011E7

C : 1.111E7

D : 1.1110001E7

Q.no 27. In Immediate (Literal) addressing mode The operand is _____ that follows
the opcode

A : a register

B : a number

C : a pointer

D : an address

Q.no 28. Timer 3 module of PIC 18F4550 uses ______


A : 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler

B : 8-bit timer/counter

C : 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register

D : 16-bit timer/counter

Q.no 29. What is the time taken by one machine cycle if crystal frequency is
20MHz?

A : 1.085 micro seconds

B : 0.75 micro seconds

C : 0.60 micro seconds

D : 1 micro seconds

Q.no 30. Which development tool can facilitate the creation and modification of
source programs in addition to assembly and higher -level languages?

A : High-level language Compiler

B : Assembler

C : Debugger

D : Editor

Q.no 31. Interrupts are used bt port

A : PORTD

B : PORTC

C : PORT A

D : Port B

Q.no 32. How can we control the speed of a stepper motor?

A : By controlling its switching rate

B : By controlling its torque

C : By controlling its wave drive 4 step sequence

D : Cant be controlled
Q.no 33. input DAC has ________

A : 8 discrete voltage levels

B : 64 discrete voltage levels

C : 256 discrete voltage levels

D : 124 discrete voltage levels

Q.no 34. Which Pins ar eused for Tx and Rx in UART

A : RC6 and RC7

B : RC2 and RC3

C : RC7 and RC6

D : RB2 and RB1

Q.no 35. The command codes for line 1, first character, and line 2 , first character
in LCD are

A : 01H and F0H

B : E0H and 80H

C : E0H and C0H

D : 80H and C0H

Q.no 36. How many address lines are used by ADC0809 for transfre of data from
channel 7

A:2

B:4

C:1

D:3

Q.no 37. Speed of ADC depends on,

A : Resolution of ADC

B : Conversion Time

C : Number of bits
D : Step Size

Q.no 38. What is he maximum bus length of I2C

A : 4mtrs

B : 6 mtrs

C : 5 mtrs

D : 1 mtrs

Q.no 39. What is the max ref current of DAC 0808

A : 1.5mA

B : 2 mA

C : 3 mA

D : 1 mA

Q.no 40. In DAS A/D converter is used for __________

A : Converting analog to digital

B : Converting digital to analog

C : Converting digital to mixed signal mode

D : Converting analog to mixed signal mode

Q.no 41. What is the value to be loaded in SPBRG if BR=1200 and BRGH=0

A : 130

B : 129

C : 131

D : 132

Q.no 42. Which Decoder is used in interfacing of 7 segment display

A : 3-8 line decoder

B : 2-4 linr decoder

C : 1-2 line decoder


D : 4-16 line decoder

Q.no 43. What is the limiting condition of battery for swiching in RTC

A : 1.3x Vbat

B : 1.25x Vcc

C : 1.25x Vbat

D : 1.3x Vcc

Q.no 44. What is use of Bit D7 In LCD

A : Busy flag

B : Status flag

C : Driver flag

D : mode flag

Q.no 45. Find out the roll over value for the timer in Mode 0, Mode 1 and Mode 2?

A : 1FFFH,FFFFH,00FFH

B : 1FFFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

C : 00FFH,0FFFH,FFFFH

D : 1FFFH,00FFH,FFFFH

Q.no 46. How many rows and columns are present in a 16*2 alphanumeric LCD?

A : rows=2, columns=32

B : rows=16, columns=2

C : rows=16, columns=16

D : rows=2, columns=16

Q.no 47. What is the internal organization of 4K memory

A : 256x8

B : 128x8

C : 128x4
D : 512x8

Q.no 48. How many Channels ADC 0809 has with Converstion time of __

A : 8, 20 micro second

B : 10, 20 micro second

C : 10,100 micro second

D : 8, 100 micro second

Q.no 49. If RB7-RB4 = 0111is the data read from the columns starting with RB4
which column does the key pressed key belong to

A : column 0

B : column 1

C : column 2

D : column 3

Q.no 50. To generate a square wave of 50 Hz frequency continuously using Timer0,


16-bit, No prescaler, XTAL = 10 MHz, What value should be loaded into TMR0L and
TMR0H

A : TMR0L= 59 H, TMR0H= 9E H

B : TMR0L= 58 H, TMR0H= 9E H

C : TMR0L= 57 H, TMR0H= 9E H

D : none of the above

Q.no 51. To make port 1 bit 0 high , which instruction is used

A : SETB P1.0

B : SETB P 0.0

C : SETB P1.1

D : SETB P0.1

Q.no 52. The instruction of DECFSZ F,d,a means :

A : Decrement F and go to the next instruction if F=0

B : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F is not Zero


C : Decrement F and skip the next instruction if F=0

D : Decrement S and skip the next instruction if F=0

Q.no 53. How many Bits are used by Asynchronus Communication in Serial mode

A : 11

B:8

C:7

D:9

Q.no 54. What is the correct order of priority that is set after a controller gets
reset?

A : TxD/RxD, T1 ,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

B : T1, TxD/RxD,T0 ,EX1 , EX0

C : TxD/RxD,EX1 , EX0,T0,T1

D : EX0 , To,EX1,T1,TxD/RxD

Q.no 55. Which of the following is TRUE for PIC18F4550 Timer modules

A : Timer1 , Timer3 for PWN mode and Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes.

B : Timer1 , Timer3 for Capture or Compare modes and Timer2 for PWM mode.

C : Timer1 , Timer2 for Capture or Compare modes and Time3 for PWM mode.

D : Timer1 ,Timer2 and Timer3 for Capture or Compare and PWM mode.

Q.no 56. Whow do you define the start condition in I2C protocol

A : SDA High and SCL low

B : SDA High and SCL High

C : SDA low and SCL High

D : SDA low and SCL Low

Q.no 57. List out the correct sequence when the following embedded C code is
executed?
If (TMR0IF == 1)
{
TMR0ON = 0;
TMR0IF = 0;
TMR0H = 0xED;
TMR0L = 0xAF;
TMR0ON = 1;
}

A : If timer0 is ON, the timer interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

B : If timer0 interrupt flag is ON, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

C : If timer0 interrupt flag is OFF, the timer0 will be off, interrupt flag is cleared, Timer
register loaded with count value, Timer is ON

D : If timer0 is ON, the timer0 interrupt will be off, interrupt flag is set, Timer register
loaded with count value, Timer is set

Q.no 58. By default LCD operates in

A : 4 bit mode

B : 8 bit mode

C : 12 bit mode

D : 16 bit mode

Q.no 59. in which direction stepper motor will rotate for sequence of 09,0C, 06,03

A : Clockwise

B : Both clockwise and anticlockwise

C : Anticlockwise

D : Reverse

Q.no 60. From ADC chip Step size is selected by which two bits?

A : Vref/2& Vin

B : Vin

C : Vref/2

D : Vin/2
1. What is size of Register? (EAX, EBX, ECX, EDX, ESI, EDI, ESP, EBP, GDTR, LDTR, IDTR, TR,
MSW)
2. Explain Control Register?
3. Explain Test Register?
4. Explain Debug Register?
5. Explain Flag Register? (Status, Control, System) (Specific each Flag)
6. Explain Architecture of 80386?
7. Explain Pin Diagram of 80386? (Any 5 pin)
8. What is Protected mode?
9. What is Real Mode?
10. What is Virtual Mode?
11. Difference of Real, Virtual, Protected Mode?
12. How many descriptors in GDT, IDT, LDT?
13. Explain any five instructions from Application Instruction set? (Application Instruction set:
Arithmetic, logical, control transfer, Data movement, Decimal Arithmetic Instruction, String
& Character transfer, Instruction for Block Structured language, Flag control, Coprocessor
interface instruction, segment register instruction, Miscellaneous instruction)
14. What are the different section in Assembly program?
15. What is the use of data section?
16. What is the use of text section?
17. What is the use of bss section?
18. Full form of bss?
19. Logic of Add & shift Multiplication?
20. Logic of multiplication using Successive addition method?
21. What is Microprocessor?
22. What is Assembly?
23. What is Assembly Language?
24. What is Assembly Language Program?
25. What is Register?
26. What is DATA or CODE or STACK segment Register?
27. What is Load Effective Address?
28. What is int 0x80 in the program?
29. What is DW, DB in the program?
30. What is DD, DQ in the program?
31. What is CX register in the program of the loops?
32. Explain use of Macro?
33. Explain difference between overlap and non-overlap program logic?
34. What is CLC in the program?
35. What is INC? (With example)
36. What is ADC? (With example)
37. What is SBB? (With example)
38. What is CMP? (With example)
39. What is JC? (With example)
40. What is XCHG? (With example)
41. What is DEC? (With example)
42. What is JNZ? (With example)

Note: like other Instructions which are use in Program.


43. what is the difference between RET and IRET?
44. What is register?
45. What is the use of BT and how it used?
46. How can we display output from system to Monitor? (Procedure)

You might also like